QuickBooks Connection Details

Introduction

Connector Version

This documentation is based on version 23.0.8895 of the connector.

Get Started

QuickBooks Version Support

The connector supports QuickBooks Premier, Professional, Enterprise, and Simple Start. All QuickBooks editions are supported starting from 2002 to the most recent QuickBooks version. In addition, the Canada, New Zealand, Australia, and UK editions are supported starting from 2003. The QuickBooks Point of Sale and QuickBooks for Mac editions are not supported.

Establish a Connection

Connect to QuickBooks

The connector makes requests to QuickBooks through the QuickBooks Gateway. The QuickBooks Gateway runs on the same machine as QuickBooks and accepts connections through a lightweight, embedded Web server. The server supports SSL/TLS, enabling users to connect securely from remote machines. The first time you connect, you will need to authorize the connector with QuickBooks. For more information, refer to our Using the QuickBooks Gateway guide.

Connect to a Local Company File

Follow the steps below to authorize with QuickBooks and connect to a company file when both QuickBooks and the connector are running on your local machine.

Open QuickBooks as an administrator and open the company file you want to connect to.
Connect to QuickBooks. A dialog will appear in QuickBooks prompting you to authorize the connector. After granting access to the connector, you can now execute commands to QuickBooks.
If you want to connect to the company file when QuickBooks is closed, set the CompanyFile connection option when you execute commands. QuickBooks will open automatically in the background with the file specified.

Note that if QuickBooks is open through the application UI, only that CompanyFile can be used.

Use the CData QuickBooks Desktop Gateway

The QuickBooks Desktop Gateway can be used to read and write to QuickBooks in situations where direct COM access to QuickBooks is not available (e.g., ASP.NET, Java, or QuickBooks on a remote machine). Follow the procedure below to connect to QuickBooks for the first time through the Desktop Gateway:

If you have not already done so, download the QuickBooks Desktop Gateway from here and install it.
Open the company file you want to connect to in QuickBooks using an administrator account in single-user mode.
Open the QuickBooks Desktop Gateway from the system tray and add a user on the Users tab. Enter a User and Password and select the level of access in the Data Access menu.

Note: The QuickBooks Desktop Gateway does not use the User and Password properties to access QuickBooks; the User and Password properties authenticate the user. Authentication to QuickBooks is handled by the ApplicationName property.
When you first connect, a dialog appears in QuickBooks prompting you to authorize the application. After authorizing, you can execute commands to QuickBooks.

Specify the URL of the Desktop Gateway and the User and Password. By default, the Gateway connects to the currently open company file.
If you want to access QuickBooks when QuickBooks is not running, save the company file information for the user. The Desktop Gateway automatically opens QuickBooks in the background with the company file for that user.

Note

Note that if the QuickBooks UI is open, you can only connect to that company file. Additionally, the user permissions you specify for the Desktop Gateway must match the user permissions you used for QuickBooks. The Desktop Gateway installs as a service in the current user account.

How do I Connect to QuickBooks over SSL/TLS?

You can enable SSL/TLS on the Advanced tab.

You will also need to send your public key certificate to the connector. You can do so by setting the SSLServerCert property.

Troubleshooting/Advanced

The following sections show how to resolve common connection errors and detail functionality that may be needed in more advanced integrations. Contact the support team for help tracing the source of an error or circumventing a performance issue.

Troubleshooting

Try the following to resolve this error:

If this error occurs the first time that you connect to a company file, ensure that QuickBooks is open as an administrator in single-user mode. Be sure to open the company file that you want to allow access to.
The application may have permission to access the company file but not to log in automatically. To allow automatic login, open the company file preferences in QuickBooks by clicking Edit -> Preferences -> Integrated Applications -> Company Preferences and then select the QuickBooks Gateway application. Then, try connecting again.
In the company file preferences, ensure that the following option is NOT checked: "Don't allow any applications to access this company file".
Set DelayAfterClose.

Could Not Start QuickBooks

This is the most common error and the solution depends on your specific QuickBooks installation. Follow the steps below to identify several typical causes for this error.

Check the log for the QuickBooks request processor, QBSDKLOG.txt. The file is not necessarily in the same directory as QuickBooks. The location of the file depends on the version of QuickBooks and the operating system you are using. The qbsdklog.txt may be in the following locations:

C:\Program Files\Common Files\Intuit\QuickBooks

C:\ProgramData\Intuit\QuickBooks

C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Intuit\QuickBooks

Modify the QBSDK.INI file by appending the following value to the end:
```
[LOG]
LEVEL=verbose
UnlimitedSize=Y
```
This ensures that the log is not cleared and that the error message in the QBSDKLOG.txt file is actually captured.

Check if the error message in this file matches one of those below:

Fine Tuning Data Access

You can use the following properties to gain more granular control over how the connector surfaces functionality in the QuickBooks API:

CustomFieldMode: By default, custom fields are displayed and modified as XML values. However, you can also use JSON to work with custom fields.
IncludeLineItems: By default, line items are returned only when you query a line item table such as InvoiceLineItems. This saves performance when querying base transaction tables such as Invoices. Set this property to true to retrieve line item data when you query the base transaction table.
IncludeLinkedTxns: By default, the connector does not retrieve linked transactions when you query a base table, similar to IncludeLineItems.

Important Notes

Configuration Files and Their Paths

All references to adding configuration files and their paths refer to files and locations on the Jitterbit agent where the connector is installed. These paths are to be adjusted as appropriate depending on the agent and the operating system. If multiple agents are used in an agent group, identical files will be required on each agent.

QuickBooks Gateway

The QuickBooks Desktop Gateway is a simple application that facilitates connections to company files from your application. The Desktop Gateway accepts connections via a lightweight embedded Web server that runs on the machine where QuickBooks is installed. The server supports SSL/TLS, enabling users to connect securely from remote machines.

The first time you connect to QuickBooks, you must authorize your application. Complementing the per-application authentication of QuickBooks, the Desktop Gateway has per-user authentication. Before connecting to QuickBooks for the first time, configure at least one Desktop Gateway user.

You can configure users through the UI on the Users tab. You can then follow the procedure in Getting Started to connect an application to QuickBooks. After connecting, you can monitor QuickBooks connections on the Status tab.

It is recommended to configure the Desktop Gateway in the UI, but you can also run the Desktop Gateway from the command line. See the Advanced page to configure the Desktop Gateway when you are not using the UI.

The Desktop Gateway automatically manages the connection to QuickBooks, but you can configure almost every aspect of how users connect to QuickBooks through the Desktop Gateway. The following pages outline the capabilities of the Desktop Gateway and how to get started.

Users

The Users tab provides an interface to add, edit, and delete users. At least one user must be added before communicating with QuickBooks.

This tab displays a list of existing users along with information about the user's configuration.

When adding or editing a user, the following options are available:

User: Sets the username. This is required.
Password: Sets the password for the user. This is required when using Basic authentication (default).
Authentication: Specifies the type of authentication to perform when the user connects. The Desktop Gateway supports the following authentication methods:

Is your company file on a mapped drive? If so, the QBSDKLOG will contain entries similar to the ones below:

20140623.102658  E  5136  RequestProcessor  Unknown QBInstanceFinder error.
    File Name: "S:\Quickbooks\MyCompanyFile.qbw"  hr = 80070057

20140623.102658  E  5136  RequestProcessor
    Could not find or create an instance of QuickBooks using InstanceFinder  hr = 80040403

The solution is to use the network path instead of a mapped drive.

Does the QBSDKLOG contain many error messages like the one below?

20140612.145409  I  272  RequestProcessor  Previous instance of QB is going down..! Wait and retry to get a new instance.

This error can occur if a request is received to start a new QuickBooks instance while the previous QuickBooks instance is closing. Repeated connections to QuickBooks in short succession can cause abnormal behavior. You can set DelayAfterClose to wait before a new connection is opened. You can also reuse the same connection for multiple requests by enabling persistent connections on the Advanced tab in the QuickBooks Gateway and then setting the QBXMLVersion property in the connection string.

In addition to enabling persistent connections, you can use the following QuickBooks Gateway settings to have more control over starting and stopping the QuickBooks process. When enabled, the QuickBooks Gateway will take steps to resolve connection issues if the conditions below are met. In some scenarios, the QuickBooks Gateway may forcibly end the QuickBooks process. USE THESE SETTINGS WITH CAUTION:


	CloseAndRetryConnect: Boolean with a default of 'false'. If set to true, the QuickBooks Gateway will attempt to close the QuickBooks process if an error is encountered when the QuickBooks Gateway attempts to launch a new instance of QuickBooks. All other settings are only applicable when this setting is set to true.
	CloseAndRetryCount: Integer with a default of 3. The number of times to try to close and relaunch QuickBooks. Our developers found that 3 worked in all cases we encountered.
	CloseAndRetryTimeout: Integer with a default of 30. The number of seconds to wait for the current QuickBooks process to close before trying to connect again.
	CloseAndRetryErrorList: Comma-separated list of error codes with a default of '0x80040408, 0x80040402'. Specifies a list of error codes that will cause the QuickBooks Gateway to try and forcibly end the QuickBooks process. A value of '*' means all errors. It is not recommended that you change this property unless you have a very specific reason to do so. You can set each of these properties as registry keys in HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\RemoteConnector. In most situations, only CloseAndRetryConnect needs to be set the True. Restart the QuickBooks Gateway for the changes to take effect.

Basic Authentication (default):	Authenticates the user with a username and password.
Windows Authentication:	Authenticates the user as a Windows user. In this case, the Password field is not applicable. When the Desktop Gateway receives a connection request, it authenticates the user to Windows using the credentials supplied in the request.

Software: The QuickBooks product you are connecting to.
Company File: Specifies the company file with which the application will communicate. By default this is the company file that is currently open in QuickBooks. This can also be set to the absolute path to a company file (.qbw file). A company file must be specified in order to access the company file when QuickBooks is closed.
Application Name: Optionally sets the name of the application as seen by QuickBooks. Authentication to QuickBooks is handled based on the provided application name.
Data Access: Specifies the allowed access for the user.

Full: Allows read and write access for the user.

Read-only: Restricts the user to read-only operations, so that QuickBooks data cannot be modified.

The Test Connection button provides a quick way to verify that the application can connect with QuickBooks.

When a user is added, the Desktop Gateway prompts you to authorize the application with QuickBooks, if necessary.

Import Users

The Import button prompts you to select an .ini file containing one or more user profiles.

Imported .ini files must conform to the following syntax:

[MyUserName]
Config1 = Value1
Config2 = Value2
...

The following configurations are available:

Password: Corresponds to the "Password" option in the "Add User" form. Required when using basic authentication.
AuthMode: Corresponds to the "Authentication" option in the "Add User" form. Options include:
- 0 (corresponds to "Basic Authentication")
- 1 (corresponds to "Windows Authentication")
Software: Corresponds to the "Software" option in the "Add User" form. Options include:
- QB Desktop
- QB Point of Sale 10
- QB Point of Sale 11
- QB Point of Sale 12
- QB Point of Sale 18
CompanyFile: Corresponds to the "Company File" option in the "Add User" form.
AppName: Corresponds to the "Application Name" option in the "Add User" form.
ReadOnly: Corresponds to the "Data Access" option in the "Add User" form. Options include:
- 0 (corresponds to "Full")
- 1 (corresponds to "Read-only")

Here is an example configuration:

[TestUser]
Password = SamplePassword
AuthMode = 0
Software = QB Desktop
CompanyFile = C:\Users\test\Documents\samplefile.qbw
AppName = Remote Connector
ReadOnly = 0

Status

The Status tab provides a log of the activity happening with the Desktop Gateway. Logs can be cleared or copied by right-clicking in the Recent Activity window.

You can adjust the detail of the logs to include information useful when troubleshooting: Select the granularity in the Log Mode menu on the Advanced tab. On the Advanced tab, you can also configure the Desktop Gateway to write logs to a file and select the log rotation interval.

Advanced

The Advanced tab enables granular control over the Desktop Gateway's server.

The Desktop Gateway contains an embedded Web server that runs as a Windows service and listens for HTTP requests. Each request contains the XML data to be communicated to QuickBooks, as well as configuration settings specifying how the connection is opened. The Desktop Gateway then communicates with QuickBooks via COM, and returns the QuickBooks response (or an error message) in the HTTP reply.

This chapter details how to control each of these aspects of connecting to QuickBooks through the UI, command-line interface, and the registry. The following sections detail the options available on the Advanced tab.

Log Options

Write Logs to a Folder: Enables or disables writing log files to the specified folder in addition to writing logs to the Status tab.
Folder: Specifies the folder where log files are written.

Log Rotation: Determines how logs are organized on disk. Creates one file for each day, week, or month, depending on the following values:

Daily (default):	Uses a new log file every day. Files are written with the format "yyyy_MM_dd.txt". For example, "2013_09_23.txt".
Weekly:	Uses a new log file every week. Files are written with the format "yyyy_ww.txt". For example, "2013_34.txt", where 34 means this is the 34th week of 2013.
Monthly:	Uses a new log file every month. Files are written with the format "yyyy_mm.txt". For example, "2013_09.txt".

Log Mode: Sets the verbosity of the log output. In most situations, Info (the default) is sufficient. The Verbose option is helpful for debugging purposes.

IP Options

Port: The port on which the server listens.
Allowed Clients: A comma-separated list of host names or IP addresses that can access the server. The wildcard character '*' is supported. If unspecified (default) any client can connect.

Enable Persistent Connections

All communications to QuickBooks company files must first go through QuickBooks. If QuickBooks is closed, this means that for each attempt to connect to the company file, QuickBooks needs to be launched and then closed again. By default the Desktop Gateway queues requests for data and performs the necessary authentication for each request. The following options can be used to override this behavior and keep the connection to the company file alive after the query finishes executing, so further requests will respond more quickly.

Warning: If a user attempts to manually open QuickBooks while a persistent connection is opened, QuickBooks will return an error stating that the company file is already in use.

Enable Persistent Connection: This is disabled by default: Normally your code controls when the connection to QuickBooks is opened and closed by calling the Open and Close methods; however, when this setting is enabled, the Desktop Gateway establishes a persistent connection to QuickBooks even when Open and Close are not used. This allows multiple applications to share the connection and simultaneously access the Desktop Gateway.
Idle Timeout: Sets the idle timeout for the persistent connection in seconds. This is only applicable to the persistent connection. If there is no activity within this time window the Desktop Gateway closes the connection.

Enable TLS/SSL

Enable TLS (1.x) to encrypt communication between your application and the Desktop Gateway. TLS/SSL uses digital certificates to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and authenticity of your data: You can generate these certificates on the Advanced tab. Once you have enabled TLS, you will need to send your public key certificate to any connecting applications.

The following options are used to configure TLS/SSL:

Enable TLS: Enables or disables TLS (1.x) communication.
Select Certificate: Loads an existing certificate.
Generate Certificate: Creates a new certificate.

Loading a certificate displays information about the certificate; the properties of the certificate cannot be set directly. Note: Enabling TLS disables plaintext connections.

Command-Line Interface

In addition to the UI, the Desktop Gateway has a command-line interface that makes it easy to deploy on machines such as Web servers. To facilitate deployment to these environments, the Desktop Gateway contains two executables:

Property	Description
`RemoteConnector.exe`	Provides the user interface and allows configuration of the application.
`RemoteConnectorService.exe`	Processes requests and performs all interaction with QuickBooks.

The syntax for managing the Desktop Gateway Windows service from the command line is as follows:

RemoteConnectorService.exe /Service <Command>

The following commands are available:

Property	Description
`Install`	Installs the Windows service.
`Delete`	Deletes the Windows service.
`Start`	Starts the Windows service.
`Stop`	Stops the Windows service.
`State`	Reports the current state of the Windows service (started or stopped).
`Auto`	Changes the Windows service startup type to Automatic.
`Manual`	Changes the Windows service startup type to Manual.
`Disabled`	Changes the Windows service startup type to Disabled.

Registry Keys

All configuration data is read from the registry at "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\RemoteConnector". Each user will have a separate subkey with user-specific settings. For instance "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\RemoteConnector\User1".

Application-Level Settings

Name	Type	Description
LocalAuth	String	A randomly generated administrator password that is used for authorization between the user interface and the Windows service. This is only used when authorizing a user configured for Windows authentication to QuickBooks from the user interface. This may be removed or changed if desired.
AllowedClients	String	A comma-separated list of host names or IP addresses that can access the server. The wildcard character '*' is supported (default). If unspecified any client can connect.
AuthFlags	DWORD		Specifies the versions of QuickBooks to which the application can connect. The value is a binary OR of the values below, represented in hex. The default value is "0xF" (all editions are supported).
CloseAndRetryConnect	DWORD	Specifies whether connection retry logic is enabled. When set to 1 (True), if an error is encountered while opening a connection to QuickBooks the application will attempt to stop the QuickBooks process and reconnect. The CloseAndRetryTimeout, CloseAndRetryCount, and CloseAndRetryErrorList settings are applicable when this setting is 1 (True).
CloseAndRetryTimeout	DWORD	Sets the time in seconds that the application will wait for the connection to QuickBooks to be established. The default value is 30 (seconds). If the timeout is reached, the QuickBooks process will be closed and the connection will be retried. Note that this setting should be adjusted with caution. If the timeout is set too low the QuickBooks process may not have time to open normally before reaching the timeout. This setting is only applicable when CloseAndRetryConnect is True.
CloseAndRetryCount	DWORD	Sets the number of times to retry the connection. If an error is encountered while opening a connection to QuickBooks, the application will stop the QuickBooks process and retry until this limit is reached. The default value is 3. This setting is only applicable when CloseAndRetryConnect is True.
CloseAndRetryErrorList	String	Specifies a comma-separated list of QuickBooks error codes on which to retry a connection. If QuickBooks returns an error code listed in this property, the QuickBooks process will be stopped and the connection will be retried. If the error is not in this list the application will return the error as normal. The default value is "0x80040402,0x80040408". Specify the value "*" to indicate all errors. This setting is only applicable when CloseAndRetryConnect is True.
QBInstanceFile	String	Specifies the full path to the QBINSTANCEFINDER file in the QuickBooks installation. For instance: "C:\ProgramData\Intuit\QuickBooks\QBINSTANCEFINDER17.INI". This setting is only applicable when CloseAndRetryConnect is set to True. If the connection retry logic stops the QuickBooks process the specified QBINSTANCEFINDER file will be cleared of any previous entries. QuickBooks uses the QBINSTANCEFINDER file to keep track of open instances, however, in some situations it may not be properly reset after stopping the process. When specified this setting allows the application to properly reset the file after stopping the process.
LocalHost	String	Sets the host name or user-assigned IP interface through which connections are initiated or accepted. In most cases this does not need to be set, as the application will use the default interface on the machine. If you have multiple interfaces, you can specify the interface to use here. For instance, "192.168.1.102".
LogEnabled	DWORD	Enables or disables logging to a file. Logs are always written to the console. The default is 0 (False).
LogDir	String	Sets the path to a folder on disk where log files will be written. This is only applicable if LogEnabled is set to True.
LogFormat	DWORD		Sets how often new log files are created. Possible values are the following:
LogLevel	DWORD		Sets the logging level. Possible values are the following:
LogPort	DWORD	Sets a separate port for logging. Log messages are sent over UDP from RemoteConnectorService.exe to the UI. By default this is the same value as the port defined in the Port option. Set this option to avoid using the same port as another UDP service running on the same machine.
Port	DWORD	Sets the port where the server listens for incoming connections. The default value is 8166.
PersistentEnabled	DWORD	Enables or disables persistent connections to QuickBooks. The default is 0 (False), meaning that your code controls when the connection to QuickBooks is opened and closed by calling the Open and Close methods. However, when this setting is enabled, a persistent connection to QuickBooks is established by the Desktop Gateway even when Open and Close are not used. This is helpful in situations when multiple applications may be simultaneously accessing the Desktop Gateway, because it allows them to share the connection.
PersistentIdleTimeout	DWORD	Sets the idle timeout for the persistent connection in seconds. If there is no activity within this time window, the connection to QuickBooks will be closed. This is only applicable when PersistentEnabled is True.
PromptForRegPermissions	DWORD	Specifies whether to prompt to modify registry permissions when access is not allowed. This is only applicable when saving settings from the UI.
RunAsService	DWORD	Run the application as a service or with the standard run-time permissions. The default value is 1 (True).
SSLCertPassword	String	Sets the password of the SSL certificate.
SSLCertStore	String	Sets the location of the SSL certificate. This may be a path to a file or the name of a Windows certificate store: "MY", "ROOT", "CA", or "SPC".
SSLCertSubject	String	Sets the subject of the SSL certificate.
SSLCertType	String	Sets the type of SSL certificate to use. A certificate must be specified when SSL is enabled. The PFX option signifies a .pfx file on disk. The User option signifies the user's Windows certificate store. The Machine option signifies the Windows certificate store of the machine.
SSLEnabled	DWORD	Sets whether TLS/SSL connections are allowed. The default value is 0 (False). Enabling TLS/SSL disables plaintext connections.
Timeout	DWORD	Sets the operational timeout for connected clients. The default value is 60.
UseInteractiveLogon	DWORD	Sets whether interactive or network logon will authorize users when AuthMode is set to 1 (Windows). In most cases this does not need to be set. This should be set to 1 (True) if your domain controller is Samba. The default value is 0 (False).

User-Level Settings

AppName	String	Sets the name of the application that will be used to provide authentication to QuickBooks when a connection is made. If this value is not set, the Desktop Gateway uses the value provided by the client.
CompanyFile	String	Sets the path to a QuickBooks company file (.qbw). If this is not set, the currently open company file is used. When QuickBooks is not running, this option must be set.
Password	String	Sets the password of the user. This is required when AuthMode is set to 0 (Basic Authentication). The Desktop Gateway application will always store the SHA-256 hash of the password for security. However, this may also be manually set to a plaintext password to allow backward compatibility.
AuthMode	DWORD		Sets the type of authentication to perform when the user connects. From the client side the process of connecting is exactly the same no matter which option you choose. Possible values are the following:
Authorized	DWORD	Specifies whether the AppName has been authorized for the CompanyFile. If 1 (True) the AppName has been authorized with the CompanyFile. This is an indicator used by the application when changing settings in the UI.
ConnectionMode	String		Sets the connection mode for the user. The default is DontCare. In most cases you do not need to set this value. If this is not set, the application will connect in whatever mode QuickBooks is already open in. Possible values are the following:
ReadOnly	DWORD	Specifies whether the user has read-only (1) or full access (0).

Advanced Features

This section details a selection of advanced features of the QuickBooks connector.

User Defined Views

The connector allows you to define virtual tables, called user defined views, whose contents are decided by a pre-configured query. These views are useful when you cannot directly control queries being issued to the drivers. See User Defined Views for an overview of creating and configuring custom views.

SSL Configuration

Use SSL Configuration to adjust how connector handles TLS/SSL certificate negotiations. You can choose from various certificate formats; see the SSLServerCert property under "Connection String Options" for more information.

Proxy

To configure the connector using private agent proxy settings, select the Use Proxy Settings checkbox on the connection configuration screen.

Query Processing

The connector offloads as much of the SELECT statement processing as possible to QuickBooks and then processes the rest of the query in memory (client-side).

See Query Processing for more information.

User Defined Views

The QuickBooks connector allows you to define a virtual table whose contents are decided by a pre-configured query. These are called User Defined Views, which are useful in situations where you cannot directly control the query being issued to the driver, e.g. when using the driver from Jitterbit. The User Defined Views can be used to define predicates that are always applied. If you specify additional predicates in the query to the view, they are combined with the query already defined as part of the view.

There are two ways to create user defined views:

Create a JSON-formatted configuration file defining the views you want.
DDL statements.

Define Views Using a Configuration File

User Defined Views are defined in a JSON-formatted configuration file called UserDefinedViews.json. The connector automatically detects the views specified in this file.

You can also have multiple view definitions and control them using the UserDefinedViews connection property. When you use this property, only the specified views are seen by the connector.

This User Defined View configuration file is formatted as follows:

Each root element defines the name of a view.
Each root element contains a child element, called query, which contains the custom SQL query for the view.

For example:

{
    "MyView": {
        "query": "SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE MyColumn = 'value'"
    },
    "MyView2": {
        "query": "SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE Id IN (1,2,3)"
    }
}

Use the UserDefinedViews connection property to specify the location of your JSON configuration file. For example:

"UserDefinedViews", "C:\Users\yourusername\Desktop\tmp\UserDefinedViews.json"

Define Views Using DDL Statements

The connector is also capable of creating and altering the schema via DDL Statements such as CREATE LOCAL VIEW, ALTER LOCAL VIEW, and DROP LOCAL VIEW.

Create a View

To create a new view using DDL statements, provide the view name and query as follows:

CREATE LOCAL VIEW [MyViewName] AS SELECT * FROM Customers LIMIT 20;

If no JSON file exists, the above code creates one. The view is then created in the JSON configuration file and is now discoverable. The JSON file location is specified by the UserDefinedViews connection property.

Alter a View

To alter an existing view, provide the name of an existing view alongside the new query you would like to use instead:

ALTER LOCAL VIEW [MyViewName] AS SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE TimeModified > '3/1/2020';

The view is then updated in the JSON configuration file.

Drop a View

To drop an existing view, provide the name of an existing schema alongside the new query you would like to use instead.

DROP LOCAL VIEW [MyViewName]

This removes the view from the JSON configuration file. It can no longer be queried.

Schema for User Defined Views

User Defined Views are exposed in the UserViews schema by default. This is done to avoid the view's name clashing with an actual entity in the data model. You can change the name of the schema used for UserViews by setting the UserViewsSchemaName property.

Work with User Defined Views

For example, a SQL statement with a User Defined View called UserViews.RCustomers only lists customers in Raleigh:

SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE City = 'Raleigh';

An example of a query to the driver:

SELECT * FROM UserViews.RCustomers WHERE Status = 'Active';

Resulting in the effective query to the source:

SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE City = 'Raleigh' AND Status = 'Active';

That is a very simple example of a query to a User Defined View that is effectively a combination of the view query and the view definition. It is possible to compose these queries in much more complex patterns. All SQL operations are allowed in both queries and are combined when appropriate.

Insert Parent and Child Records

Use Case

When inserting records, often there is a need to fill in details about child records that have a dependency on a parent.

For instance, when dealing with a CRM system, Invoices often cannot be entered without at least one line item. Since invoice line items can have several fields, this presents a unique challenge when offering the data as relational tables.

When reading the data, it is easy enough to model an Invoice and an InvoiceLineItem table with a foreign key connecting the two. However, during inserts, the CRM system requires both the Invoice and the InvoiceLineItems to be created in a single submission.

To solve this sort of problem, our tools offer child collection columns on the parent. These columns can be used to submit insert statements that include details of both the parent and the child records.

For example, let's say that the Invoice table contains a single column called InvoiceLineItems. During the insert, we can pass the details of the records that must be inserted to the InvoiceLineItems table into Invoice record's InvoiceLineItems column.

The following subsection describes how this might be done.

Methods for Inserting Parent/Child Records

The connector facilitates two methods for inserting parent/child records: temporary table insertion and XML aggregate insertion.

Temporary (#TEMP) tables

The simplest way to enter data would be to use a #TEMP table, or temporary table, which the connector will store in memory.

Reference the #TEMP table with the following syntax:

TableName#TEMP

#TEMP tables are stored in memory for the duration of a connection.

Therefore, in order to use them, you cannot close the connection between submitting inserts to them, and they cannot be used in environments where a different connection may be used for each query.

Within that single connection, the table remains in memory until the bulk insert is successful, at which point the temporary table will be wiped from memory.

For example:

INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, Item, Quantity, Amount) VALUES ('INV001', 'Basketball', 10, 9.99)
INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, Item, Quantity, Amount) VALUES ('INV001', 'Football', 5, 12.99)

Once the InvoiceLineItems table is populated, the #TEMP table may be referenced during an insert into the Invoice table:

INSERT INTO Invoices (ReferenceNumber, Customer, InvoiceLines) VALUES ('INV001', 'John Doe', 'InvoiceLineItems#TEMP')

Under the hood, the connector will read in values from the #TEMP table.

Notice that the ReferenceNumber was used to identify what Invoice the lines are tied to. This is because the #TEMP table may be populated and used with a bulk insert, where there are separate lines for each invoice. This enables the #TEMP tables to be used with a bulk insert. For example:

INSERT INTO Invoices#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, Customer, InvoiceLines) VALUES ('INV001', 'John Doe', 'InvoiceLineItems#TEMP')
INSERT INTO Invoices#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, Customer, InvoiceLines) VALUES ('INV002', 'Jane Doe', 'InvoiceLineItems#TEMP')
INSERT INTO Invoices SELECT ReferenceNumber, Customer, InvoiceLines FROM Invoices#TEMP

In this case, we are inserting two different Invoices. The ReferenceNumber is how we determine which Lines go with which Invoice.

Note

The tables and columns presented here are an example of how the connector works in general. The specific table and column names may be different in the connector.

Direct XML Insertion

Direct XML can be used as an alternative to #TEMP tables. Since #TEMP tables are not used to construct them, it does not matter if you use the same connection or close the connection after insert.

For example:

[
  {
    "Item", "Basketball",
    "Quantity": 10
    "Amount": 9.99
  },
  {
    "Item", "Football",
    "Quantity": 5
    "Amount": 12.99
  }
]

OR

<Row>
  <Item>Basketball</Item>
  <Quantity>10</Quantity>
  <Amount>9.99</Amount>
</Row>
<Row>
  <Item>Football</Item>
  <Quantity>5</Quantity>
  <Amount>12.99</Amount>
</Row>

Note that the ReferenceNumber is not present in these examples because the XML, by its nature, is passed against the parent record in full per insert. Since the complete XML must be constructed and submitted for each row, there is no need to provide something to tie the child back to the parent.

Now insert the values:

INSERT INTO Invoices (ReferenceNumber, Customer, InvoiceLines) VALUES ('INV001', 'John Doe', '{...}')

OR

INSERT INTO Invoices (ReferenceNumber, Customer, InvoiceLines) VALUES ('INV001', 'John Doe', '<Row>...</Row>')

Note

The connector also supports the use of XML/JSON aggregates.

Example for QuickBooks

For a working example of how temp tables can be used for bulk insert in QuickBooks, please see the following:

// Insert into Invoices table
INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems#TEMP (ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Repairs','1')
INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems#TEMP (ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Removal','2')

INSERT INTO Invoices (CustomerName, Memo, ItemAggregate) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'NUnit Memo', 'InvoiceLineItems#TEMP')


// Insert into InvoiceLineItems table
INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, Date, ShipMethod, ShipDate, Memo, Message, DueDate, Other, ItemName, ItemQuantity, ItemRate) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', '2011-01-01', 'UPS', '2011-01-02', 'NUnit Memo', 'We appreciate your prompt payment.', '2011-01-03', 'Some other data', 'Repairs', '1', '3.50')
INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, Date, ShipMethod, ShipDate, Memo, Message, DueDate, Other, ItemName, ItemQuantity, ItemRate) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', '2011-01-01', 'UPS', '2011-01-02', 'NUnit Memo', 'We appreciate your prompt payment.', '2011-01-03', 'Some other data', 'Removal', '2', '3.50')

INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems (CustomerName, Date, ShipMethod, ShipDate, Memo, Message, DueDate, Other, ItemName, ItemQuantity, ItemRate) SELECT CustomerName, Date, ShipMethod, ShipDate, Memo, Message, DueDate, Other, ItemName, ItemQuantity, ItemRate InvoiceLineItems#TEMP


//Insert into JournalEntry
INSERT Into JournalEntries#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, LineAggregate) VALUES   ('Setup 13', '<JournalEntryLines> <Row><LineType>Credit</LineType><LineAccount>Retained Earnings</LineAccount><LineAmount>100</LineAmount></Row> <Row><LineType>Credit</LineType><LineAccount>Note Payable - Bank of Anycity</LineAccount><LineAmount>20</LineAmount></Row> <Row><LineType>Debit</LineType><LineAccount>Checking</LineAccount><LineAmount>120</LineAmount></Row> </JournalEntryLines>');
INSERT Into JournalEntries#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, LineAggregate) VALUES   ('Setup 14','<JournalEntryLines> <Row><LineType>Credit</LineType><LineAccount>Retained Earnings</LineAccount><LineAmount>100</LineAmount></Row> <Row><LineType>Credit</LineType><LineAccount>Note Payable - Bank of Anycity</LineAccount><LineAmount>20</LineAmount></Row> <Row><LineType>Debit</LineType><LineAccount>Checking</LineAccount><LineAmount>120</LineAmount></Row> </JournalEntryLines>' );
INSERT INTO JournalEntries (ReferenceNumber,LineAggregate) SELECT ReferenceNumber,LineAggregate from JournalEntries#TEMP;



//Insert into TimeTracking table
INSERT INTO timetracking#TEMP (BillableStatus, Duration, Date, EmployeeId,CustomerId,CustomerName, ServiceItemName, ServiceItemId) Values ('Billable','4:10','2002-09-09',  '370000-933272659', '800013DE-1702639725', 'Testing02','Blueprint changess','340000-1071522351');
INSERT INTO timetracking#TEMP (BillableStatus, Duration, Date, EmployeeId,CustomerId,CustomerName, ServiceItemName, ServiceItemId) Values ('Empty','1:10','2002-09-02',  '370000-933272659', '800013DE-1702639725', 'Testing02','Blueprint changess','340000-1071522351');
INSERT INTO timetracking (BillableStatus, Duration, Date, EmployeeId,CustomerId,CustomerName, ServiceItemName, ServiceItemId) SELECT BillableStatus, Duration, Date, EmployeeId,CustomerId,CustomerName, ServiceItemName, ServiceItemId from timetracking#TEMP;

//Insert into SalesReceipts
INSERT INTO SalesReceiptLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Theodor', 'Repairs', 1);
INSERT INTO SalesReceipts#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemAggregate) VALUES ('name1', SalesReceiptLineItems#TEMP);
INSERT INTO SalesReceipts#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemAggregate) VALUES ('name2',SalesReceiptLineItems#TEMP);
INSERT INTO SalesReceipts (CustomerName, ItemAggregate) SELECT CustomerName, ItemAggregate from SalesReceipts#TEMP;

//Insert into Bills
INSERT INTO BillLineItems#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES (1, 'Repairs','1');
INSERT INTO BillLineItems#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES (2, 'Removal','2');
INSERT INTO Bills#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, VendorName, Date, ItemAggregate) VALUES (1, 'Cal Telephone', '1/1/2021', 'BillLineItems#TEMP');
INSERT INTO Bills#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, VendorName, Date, ItemAggregate) VALUES (2, 'Cal Telephone', '1/2/2021', 'BillLineItems#TEMP');
INSERT INTO Bills (ReferenceNumber, VendorName, Date, ItemAggregate) select ReferenceNumber, VendorName, Date, ItemAggregate from Bills#TEMP");

SSL Configuration

Customize the SSL Configuration

By default, the connector attempts to negotiate SSL/TLS by checking the server's certificate against the system's trusted certificate store.

To specify another certificate, see the SSLServerCert property for the available formats to do so.

Data Model

The QuickBooks connector models entities in the QuickBooks API as tables, views, and stored procedures. There are three parts to the Data Model: Tables, Views, and Stored Procedures. These are defined in schema files, which are simple, text-based configuration files.

API limitations and requirements are documented in this section; you can use the SupportEnhancedSQL feature, set by default, to circumvent most of these limitations.

Tables

The QuickBooks connector models the data in Tables so that it can be easily queried and updated.

Note

In case of Bulk insert operation, the connector supports multiple values only for the aggregate columns whereas for the other columns only single value is supported.

Views

Views are tables that cannot be modified. Typically, read-only data are shown as views.

Stored Procedures

Stored Procedures are function-like interfaces to the data source. They can be used to search, update, and modify information in the data source.

Tables

The connector models the data in QuickBooks as a list of tables in a relational database that can be queried using standard SQL statements.

QuickBooks Connector Tables

Name	Description
`Accounts`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Accounts. To update Accounts, set the `QBXMLVersion` to 6.0 or higher.
`BillExpenseItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bill Expense Line Items.
`BillLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bill Line Items.
`BillPaymentChecks`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bill Payment Checks. QBXMLVersion must be set to 6.0 or higher to update a BillPaymentCheck.
`BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bill Payment AppliedTo aggregates. In a Bill Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the Bill transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied.
`BillPaymentCreditCards`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bill Payments.
`BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bill Payment AppliedTo aggregates. In a Bill Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the Bill transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied.
`Bills`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bills.
`BuildAssemblies`	Insert, Update, delete, and query QuickBooks Build Assembly transactions.
`BuildAssemblyLineItems`	Create and query QuickBooks Build Assembly transactions.
`CheckExpenseItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Check Expense Line Items.
`CheckLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Check Line Items.
`Checks`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Checks.
`Class`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Classes. QuickBooks requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher for updates to a Class.
`CreditCardChargeExpenseItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Card Charge Expense Line Items.
`CreditCardChargeLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Card Charge Line Items.
`CreditCardCharges`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Card Charges.
`CreditCardCreditExpenseItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Card Credit Expense Line Items.
`CreditCardCreditLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Card Credit Line Items.
`CreditCardCredits`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Card Credits.
`CreditCardRefunds`	Query and Insert QuickBooks AR Credit Card Refund transactions.
`CreditMemoLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Memo Line Items.
`CreditMemos`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Memos.
`Currency`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Currencies. This table requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher, and you will need to enable multiple Currencies in your QuickBooks company file to use it.
`CustomerContacts`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Customer Contacts. This table requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher, and is only available in QuickBooks editions 2016 and above.
`CustomerMessages`	Create, delete, and query Customer Messages.
`CustomerNotes`	Create, update, and query QuickBooks Customer Notes. This table requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher.
`Customers`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Customers.
`CustomerShippingAddresses`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Customer Shipping Addresses. Multiple Customer Shipping Addresses are supported in only QuickBooks 2013 and higher. Additionally, this table requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher.
`CustomerTypes`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Customer Types.
`DateDrivenTerms`	Create, delete, and query QuickBooks Date Driven Terms.
`DepositLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Deposit Line Items. QBXMLVersion must be set to 7.0 or higher to update a deposit.
`Deposits`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Deposits. QBXMLVersion must be set to 7.0 or higher to update a deposit.
`EmployeeEarnings`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Employee Earnings.
`Employees`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Employees.
`EstimateLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Estimate Line Items.
`Estimates`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Estimates.
`InventoryAdjustmentLineItems`	Create and query QuickBooks Inventory Adjustment Line Items.
`InventoryAdjustments`	Create, query, and delete QuickBooks Inventory Adjustments.
`InventorySites`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Inventory Sites. Inventory Sites are only available in QuickBooks Enterprise 2010 and above, and only with the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`InvoiceLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Invoice Line Items.
`Invoices`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Invoices.
`ItemLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Item Line Items.
`ItemReceiptExpenseItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Item Receipt Expense Line Items.
`ItemReceiptLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Item Receipt Line Items.
`ItemReceipts`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Item Receipts.
`Items`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Items.
`JobTypes`	Create and query QuickBooks JobTypes.
`JournalEntries`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Journal Entries. Note that while Journal Entry Lines can be created with a new Journal Entry, they cannot be added or removed from an existing Journal Entry.
`JournalEntryLines`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Journal Entries. Note that while Journal Entry Lines can be created with a new Journal Entry, they cannot be added or removed from an existing Journal Entry.
`OtherNames`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Other Name entities.
`PaymentMethods`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Payment Methods.
`PayrollNonWageItems`	Query QuickBooks Non-Wage Payroll Items.
`PayrollWageItems`	Create and query QuickBooks Wage Payroll Items.
`PriceLevelPerItem`	Create and query QuickBooks Price Levels Per Item. Only QuickBooks Premier and Enterprise support Per-Item Price Levels. Note that while Price Levels can be added from this table, you may only add Per-Item Price Levels from this table. Price Levels may be deleted from the PriceLevels table. This table requires QBXML version 4.0 or later.
`PriceLevels`	Create, delete, and query QuickBooks Price Levels. Note that while Price Levels can be added and deleted from this table, you may add only fixed-percentage Price Levels from this table. Per-Item Price Levels may be added via the PriceLevelPerItem table. This table requires QBXML version 4.0 or higher.
`PurchaseOrderLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Purchase Order Line Items.
`PurchaseOrders`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Purchase Orders.
`ReceivePayments`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Receive Payment transactions. QBXMLVersion must be set to 6.0 or higher to update a ReceivePayment.
`ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo`	Create, update, and query QuickBooks Receive Payment AppliedTo aggregates. In a Receive Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied. QBXMLVersion must be set to 6.0 or higher to update a ReceivePayment.
`SalesOrderLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Order Line Items.
`SalesOrders`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Orders.
`SalesReceiptLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Receipt Line Items.
`SalesReceipts`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Receipts.
`SalesReps`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Rep entities.
`SalesTaxCodes`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Tax Codes.
`SalesTaxItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Tax Items.
`ShippingMethods`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Shipping Methods.
`StandardTerms`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Standard Terms.
`StatementCharges`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Statement Charges.
`TimeTracking`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Time Tracking events.
`ToDo`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks To Do entries.
`TransferInventory`	Query and delete QuickBooks Transfer Inventory transactions. Transfer Inventory is available in only QuickBooks Enterprise 2010 and above, and only with the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`TransferInventoryLineItems`	Create and query QuickBooks Transfer Inventory Line Items. Transfer Inventory is available in only QuickBooks Enterprise 2010 and above, and only with the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`Transfers`	Create, update, and query QuickBooks transfers. Requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher.
`UnitOfMeasure`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks units of measure. QuickBooks requires QBXML version 7.0 or higher to use this table.
`UnitOfMeasureDefaultUnits`	Create and query QuickBooks unit-of-measure default units. QuickBooks requires QBXML version 7.0 or higher to use this table.
`UnitOfMeasureRelatedUnits`	Create and query QuickBooks unit-of-measure related units. QuickBooks requires QBXML version 7.0 or higher to use this table.
`VehicleMileage`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Vehicle Mileage entities. QuickBooks requires QBXML version 6.0 or higher to use this table.
`VendorCreditExpenseItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Vendor Credit Expense Line Items.
`VendorCreditLineItems`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Vendor Credit Line Items.
`VendorCredits`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Vendor Credits.
`Vendors`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Vendors.
`VendorTypes`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Vendor Types.
`WorkersCompCodeLines`	Query QuickBooks Workers Comp Code entries by line. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`WorkersCompCodes`	Query QuickBooks Workers Comp Code entries. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher.

Accounts

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Accounts. To update Accounts, set the QBXMLVersion to 6.0 or higher.

Table Specific Information

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Accounts are Id, Name, Type, IsActive, and TimeModified. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE Name LIKE '%Bank%' AND TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011'

Insert

To add an Account, specify the Name and Type fields.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the account.
`Name`	`String`	False		31	The name of the account. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`FullName`	`String`	True		1000	The full name of the account, including any ancestors (parents) in the format Parent:AccountName.
`Type`	`String`	False		100	The type of account. The allowed values are ACCOUNTSPAYABLE, ACCOUNTSRECEIVABLE, BANK, COSTOFGOODSSOLD, CREDITCARD, EQUITY, EXPENSE, FIXEDASSET, INCOME, LONGTERMLIABILITY, OTHERASSET, OTHERCURRENTASSET, OTHERCURRENTLIABILITY, OTHEREXPENSE, OTHERINCOME, NONPOSTING.
`SpecialType`	`String`	True		100	The special account type in QuickBooks if applicable. The allowed values are AccountsPayable, AccountsReceivable, CondenseItemAdjustmentExpenses, CostOfGoodsSold, DirectDepositLiabilities, Estimates, ExchangeGainLoss, InventoryAssets, ItemReceiptAccount, OpeningBalanceEquity, PayrollExpenses, PayrollLiabilities, PettyCash, PurchaseOrders, ReconciliationDifferences, RetainedEarnings, SalesOrders, SalesTaxPayable, UncategorizedExpenses, UncategorizedIncome, UndepositedFunds.
`Number`	`String`	False			The bank number of the account.
`Balance`	`Double`	True			The total balance of the account, including subaccounts.
`AccountBalance`	`Double`	True			The balance of this account only. This balance does not include subaccounts.
`BankAccount`	`String`	False			The bank account number for the account (or an identifying note).
`Description`	`String`	False		200	A textual description of the account.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			This property indicates whether the object is currently enabled for use by QuickBooks.
`ParentName`	`String`	False			This is a reference to a parent account. If set to a nonempty string, then this account is a subaccount of its parent.
`ParentId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	This is a reference to a parent account. If set to a nonempty string, then this account is a subaccount or job of its parent.
`Sublevel`	`Integer`	True			The number of ancestors the account has.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	The name of the currency for the account. A minimum QBXML version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	The unique ID of the currency for the account. A minimum QBXML version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`CashFlowClassification`	`String`	True			Indicates how the account is classified for cash flow reporting.' value='None, Operating, Investing, Financing, NotApplicable.
`TaxLineName`	`String`	True		256	The name of the line on the tax form this account is associated with, if any. Check the CompanyInfo to see which tax form is associated with the company file.
`TaxLineId`	`String`	False		255	The ID of the line on the tax form this account is associated with, if any. Check the CompanyInfo to see which tax form is associated with the company file. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 to modify.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the account was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the account was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`OpeningBalance`	`String`	The opening balance of the account (by default 0). Note that this property is only used when adding new accounts to QuickBooks.
`OpeningDate`	`String`	The opening balance date of the account. Note that this property is only used when adding new accounts to QuickBooks.

BillExpenseItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bill Expense Line Items.

Table Specific Information

Bills may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Bills, BillExpenseItems, or BillLineItems tables. Bills may be deleted by using the Bills table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Bills are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, IsPaid, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM Bills WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

You can also use Bills and BillExpenseItems to insert a Bill.

To add a Bill, specify a Vendor, Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Expense Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple expense Line Items for a new Bill transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Bill with two Expense Line Items:

INSERT INTO BillExpenseItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('Cal Telephone', '1/1/2011', 'Utilities:Telephone', 52.25)
INSERT INTO BillExpenseItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('Cal Telephone', '1/1/2011', 'Professional Fees:Accounting', 235.87)
INSERT INTO BillExpenseItems (VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) SELECT VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount FROM BillExpenseItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format BillId\|ExpenseLineId.
`BillId`	`String`	False	Bills.ID	255	The bill identifier.
`VendorName`	`String`	False		1000	Vendor for this transaction. Either VenderName or VendorId must have a value when inserting.
`VendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Vendor ID for this transaction. Either VenderName or VendorId must have a value when inserting.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Reference number for the transaction.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			Date when payment is due.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	Reference to terms of payment.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	Reference ID for the terms of payment.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False		1000	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Reference ID for the accounts-payable account.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Amount of the transaction. This is calculated by QuickBooks based on the line items or expense line items.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo for the transaction.
`IsPaid`	`Boolean`	True			Indicates whether this bill has been paid.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ExpenseLineId`	`String`	True		255	The expense line item identifier.
`ExpenseLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The expense line number.
`ExpenseAccount`	`String`	False		1000	The account name for this expense line. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`ExpenseAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The account ID for this expense line. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`ExpenseAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The total amount of this expense line.
`ExpenseBillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	The billing status of this expense line. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED.
`ExpenseCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	The customer associated with this expense line.
`ExpenseCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The customer associated with this expense line.
`ExpenseClass`	`String`	False		1000	The class name of this expense.
`ExpenseClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The class ID of this expense.
`ExpenseMemo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo for this expense line.
`ExpenseTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or non-taxable).
`ExpenseTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or non-taxable).
`ExpenseCustomFields`	`String`	True			The custom fields for this expense item.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Exchange Rate is the market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the 'home' currency.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the Bill was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the Bill was created.
`OpenAmount`	`Decimal`	True			The current balance for the Vendor

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`LinkToTxnId`	`String`	A transaction to link the bill to. This transaction must be a purchase order. You will get a run-time error if the transaction specified is already closed or fully received. This is only available on insert and requires a minimum QBXML Version 4.0.

BillLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bill Line Items.

Table Specific Information

Bills may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Bills, BillExpenseItems, or BillLineItems tables. Bills may be deleted by using the Bills table.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Bills are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, IsPaid, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM Bills WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

You can also use Bills and BillExpenseItems to insert a Bill.

To add a Bill, specify a Vendor, Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new Bill transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Bill with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO BillLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Cal Telephone', '1/1/2011', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO BillLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Cal Telephone', '1/1/2011', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO BillLineItems (VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM BillLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format BillId\|ItemLineId.
`BillId`	`String`	False	Bills.ID	255	The bill identifier.
`VendorName`	`String`	False		1000	Vendor for this transaction. Either VenderName or VendorId must have a value when inserting.
`VendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Vendor ID for this transaction. Either VenderName or VendorId must have a value when inserting.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Reference number for the transaction.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			Date when payment is due.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	Reference to terms of payment.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	Reference ID for the terms of payment.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False		1000	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Reference ID for the accounts-payable account.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Amount of the transaction. This is calculated by QuickBooks based on the line items or expense line items.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo for the transaction.
`IsPaid`	`Boolean`	True			Indicates whether this bill has been paid.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemName`	`String`	False			The item name.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The item name.
`ItemGroup`	`String`	False		100	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemGroupId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemDescription`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`ItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line.
`ItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the item's available units. If the company file is enabled only for single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`ItemCost`	`Double`	False			The unit cost for the item.
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for the item.
`ItemBillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	Billing status of the item. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED.
`ItemCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer who ordered the item.
`ItemCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer who ordered the item.
`ItemInventorySiteId`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	31	The inventory site ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationId`	`String`	False		31	The inventory site location ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site location name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemSerialNumber`	`String`	False		5000	The serial number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemLotNumber`	`String`	False		40	The lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	The name for the class of the item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The ID for the class of the item.
`ItemTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or non-taxable).
`ItemTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or non-taxable).
`ItemCustomFields`	`String`	False			The custom fields for this lineitem.
`ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True		1099	The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 16.0.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	Name of the currency code used for this bill.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	1000	Id of the currency code used for this bill.
`ExchangeRate`	`Decimal`	False			Exchange Rate is the market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the 'home' currency.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the Bill was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the Bill was created.
`OpenAmount`	`Decimal`	True			The current balance for the Vendor

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`LinkToTxnId`	`String`	A transaction to link the bill to. This transaction must be a purchase order. You will get a run-time error if the transaction specified is already closed or fully received. This is only available on insert and requires a minimum QBXML Version 4.0.
`ItemOverrideAccount`	`String`	The Account Name used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.
`ItemOverrideAccountId`	`String`	The Account ID used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.

BillPaymentChecks

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bill Payment Checks. QBXMLVersion must be set to 6.0 or higher to update a BillPaymentCheck.

Table Specific Information

BillPaymentChecks may be inserted, queried, or updated via the BillPaymentChecks or BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo tables. BillPaymentChecks may be deleted by using the BillPaymentChecks table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for BillPaymentChecks are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, PayeeName, PayeeId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM BillPaymentChecks WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a BillPaymentCheck, specify a Payee and BankAccount. The Payee must match the Vendor associated with the Bill you are adding a payment for. The AppliedToAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of AppliedTo data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo table and it starts with AppliedTo. For example, the following will insert a new BillPaymentCheck with two AppliedTo entries:

INSERT INTO BillPaymentChecks (PayeeName, BankAccountName, AppliedToAggregate)
VALUES ('Vu Contracting', 'Checking',
'<BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo>
<Row><AppliedToRefId>178C1-1450221347</AppliedToRefId><AppliedToAmount>20.00</AppliedToAmount></Row>
<Row><AppliedToRefId>178C1-1450221347</AppliedToRefId><AppliedToAmount>51.25</AppliedToAmount></Row>
</BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo>')

AppliedToRefId is a reference to a BillId and can be found in Bills, BillLineItems, or BillExpenseItems.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier for the transaction.
`PayeeName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the entity merchandise was purchased from. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	A reference to the entity merchandise was purchased from. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Int`	True			The transaction number.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Amount of the transaction. This is calculated by QuickBooks based on the line items or expense line items.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False		1000	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Reference to the accounts-payable account Id.
`BankAccountName`	`String`	False		1000	Refers to the Account funds are being drawn from for this bill payment. This property is only applicable to the check payment method.
`BankAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Refers to the Account funds are being drawn from for this bill payment. This property is only applicable to the check payment ethod.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Indicates whether or not the transaction is to be printed. If set to true, the 'To Be Printed' box in the QuickBooks user interface will be checked. The default value is false.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo to appear on internal reports.
`AppliedToAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the applied-to data which can be used for adding a bill payment check and its applied-to data.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Currency exchange rate for this Bill Payment.
`AmountInHomeCurrency`	`Double`	True			Amount in units of the home currency.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the bill payment was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the bill payment was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`AppliedTo\*`	`String`	All applied-to-specific columns may be used in insertions.

BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bill Payment AppliedTo aggregates. In a Bill Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the Bill transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied.

Table Specific Information

BillPaymentChecks may be inserted, queried, or updated via the BillPaymentChecks or BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo tables. BillPaymentChecks may be deleted by using the BillPaymentChecks table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for BillPaymentChecks are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, PayeeName, PayeeId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a BillPaymentCheck entry, specify the Payee and BankAccount fields. The Payee must match the Vendor associated with the Bill you are adding a payment for. All AppliedTo columns can be used to explicitly identify the Bills being paid. For example, the following will insert a new BillPaymentCheck with two AppliedTo entries:

INSERT INTO BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo#TEMP (PayeeName, BankAccountName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount) VALUES ('Vu Contracting', 'Checking', '178C1-1450221347', 20.00)
INSERT INTO BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo#TEMP (PayeeName, BankAccountName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount) VALUES ('Vu Contracting', 'Checking', '881-933371709', 51.25)
INSERT INTO BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo (PayeeName, BankAccountName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount) SELECT PayeeName, BankAccountName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount FROM BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo#TEMP

AppliedToRefId is a reference to a BillId and can be found in Bills, BillLineItems, or BillExpenseItems.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format BillPaymentId\|AppliedToId.
`BillPaymentId`	`String`	False	BillPaymentChecks.ID	255	The ID of the bill payment transaction.
`PayeeName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the entity merchandise was purchased from. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required. This must match the Vendor associated with the Bill being paid when inserting.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	A reference to the entity merchandise was purchased from. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required. This must match the Vendor associated with the Bill being paid when inserting.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Int`	True			The transaction number.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False		1000	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False		255	Reference to the accounts-payable account Id.
`BankAccountId`	`String`	False		255	Refers to the account funds are being drawn from for this bill payment. This property is only applicable to the check payment method.
`BankAccountName`	`String`	False		1000	Refers to the account funds are being drawn from for this bill payment. This property is only applicable to the check payment method.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Indicates whether or not the transaction is to be printed. If set to true, the 'To Be Printed' box in the QuickBooks user interface will be checked. The default value is false.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo to appear on internal reports.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Currency exchange rate for this Bill Payment.
`AmountInHomeCurrency`	`Double`	True			Amount in units of the home currency.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`AppliedToRefId`	`String`	False		255	The applied-to reference identifier. This is a reference to a bill Id, which can be found in the Bills table.
`AppliedToAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The amount to be applied.
`AppliedToBalanceRemaining`	`Decimal`	True			The balance remaining to be applied.
`AppliedToCreditAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The amount of the credit to be applied.
`AppliedToCreditMemoId`	`String`	False		255	The ID of the credit memo to be applied.
`AppliedToDiscountAccountId`	`String`	False		255	The discount account ID to be applied.
`AppliedToDiscountAccountName`	`String`	False		1000	The discount account name to be applied.
`AppliedToDiscountAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The discount amount to be applied.
`AppliedToPaymentAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The payment amount to be applied.
`AppliedToReferenceNumber`	`String`	True		21	The ref number to be applied.
`AppliedToTxnDate`	`Date`	True			The transaction date to be applied.
`AppliedToTxnType`	`String`	True		100	The transaction type that was applied.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the bill payment was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the bill payment was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`AppliedToCreditAppliedAmount`	`String`	The credit applied amount to be applied.

BillPaymentCreditCards

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bill Payments.

Table Specific Information

BillPaymentCreditCards may be inserted, queried, or updated via the BillPaymentCreditCards or BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo tables. BillPaymentCreditCards may be deleted by using the BillPaymentCreditCards table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for BillPaymentCreditCards are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, PayeeName, PayeeId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM BillPaymentCreditCards WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a BillPaymentCreditCard, specify a Payee and CreditCard. The Payee must match the Vendor associated with the Bill you are adding a payment for. The AppliedToAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of AppliedTo data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo table and it starts with AppliedTo. For example, the following will insert a new BillPaymentCreditCard with two AppliedTo entries:

INSERT INTO BillPaymentCreditCard (PayeeName, CreditCardName, AppliedToAggregate)
VALUES ('Vu Contracting', 'CalOil Credit Card',
'<BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo>
<Row><AppliedToRefId>178C1-1450221347</AppliedToRefId><AppliedToAmount>20.00</AppliedToAmount></Row>
<Row><AppliedToRefId>881-933371709</AppliedToRefId><AppliedToAmount>51.25</AppliedToAmount></Row>
</BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo>')

AppliedToRefId is a reference to a BillId and can be found in Bills, BillLineItems, or BillExpenseItems.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier for the transaction.
`PayeeName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the the entity merchandise was purchased from. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	A reference to the the entity merchandise was purchased from. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Int`	True			The transaction number.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Amount of the transaction. This is calculated by QuickBooks based on the line items or expense line items.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False		1000	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Reference to the accounts-payable account Id.
`CreditCardName`	`String`	False		1000	Refers to the credit card account this payment is being charged to. This property is only applicable to the credit card payment Method.
`CreditCardId`	`String`	False		255	Refers to the credit card account this payment is being charged to. This property is only applicable to the credit card payment Method.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo to appear on internal reports.
`AppliedToAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the applied-to data which can be used for adding a bill payment credit card and its applied-to data.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Currency exchange rate for this Bill Payment.
`AmountInHomeCurrency`	`Double`	True			Amount in units of the home currency.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the bill payment was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the bill payment was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`AppliedTo\*`	`String`	All applied-to-specific columns may be used in insertions.

BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bill Payment AppliedTo aggregates. In a Bill Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the Bill transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied.

Table Specific Information

BillPaymentCreditCards may be inserted, queried, or updated via the BillPaymentCreditCards or BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo tables. BillPaymentCreditCards may be deleted by using the BillPaymentCreditCards table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for BillPaymentCreditCards are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, PayeeName, PayeeId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

You can also use BillPaymentCreditCards to insert a BillPaymentCreditCard.

To add a BillPaymentCreditCard, specify a Payee and CreditCard. The Payee must match the Vendor associated with the Bill you are adding a payment for. All AppliedTo columns can be used to explicitly identify the Bills being paid. For example, the following will insert a new BillPaymentCreditCard with two AppliedTo entries:

INSERT INTO BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo#TEMP (PayeeName, CreditCardName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount) VALUES ('Vu Contracting', 'CalOil Credit Card', '178C1-1450221347', 20.00)
INSERT INTO BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo#TEMP (PayeeName, CreditCardName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount) VALUES ('Vu Contracting', 'CalOil Credit Card', '881-933371709', 51.25)
INSERT INTO BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo (PayeeName, CreditCardName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount) SELECT PayeeName, CreditCardName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount FROM BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo#TEMP

AppliedToRefId is a reference to a BillId and can be found in Bills, BillLineItems, or BillExpenseItems.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format BillPaymentId\|AppliedToId.
`BillPaymentId`	`String`	False	BillPaymentCreditCards.ID	255	The ID of the bill payment transaction.
`PayeeName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the entity merchandise was purchased from. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required. This must match the vendor associated with the bill being paid when inserting.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	A reference to the entity merchandise was purchased from. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required. This must match the vendor associated with the bill being paid when inserting.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Int`	True			The transaction number.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False		1000	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Reference to the accounts-payable account Id.
`CreditCardName`	`String`	False		1000	Refers to the credit card account this payment is being charged to. This property is only applicable to the credit card payment method.
`CreditCardId`	`String`	False		255	Refers to the credit card account this payment is being charged to. This property is only applicable to the credit card payment method.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Indicates whether or not the transaction is to be printed. If set to true, the 'To Be Printed' box in the QuickBooks user interface will be checked. The default value is false.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo to appear on internal reports.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Currency exchange rate for this Bill Payment.
`AmountInHomeCurrency`	`Double`	True			Amount in units of the home currency.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`AppliedToRefId`	`String`	True		255	The applied-to reference identifier. This is a reference to a bill Id, which can be found in the bills table.
`AppliedToAmount`	`Decimal`	True			The amount to be applied.
`AppliedToBalanceRemaining`	`Double`	True			The balance remaining to be applied.
`AppliedToCreditMemoId`	`String`	False	CreditMemos.ID	255	The ID of the credit memo to be applied.
`AppliedToDiscountAccountName`	`String`	False		1000	The discount account name to be applied.
`AppliedToDiscountAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The discount account ID to be applied.
`AppliedToDiscountAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The discount amount to be applied.
`AppliedToPaymentAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The payment amount to be applied.
`AppliedToReferenceNumber`	`String`	True		21	The ref number to be applied.
`AppliedToTxnDate`	`Date`	True			The transaction date to be applied.
`AppliedToTxnType`	`String`	True		100	The transaction type that was applied.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the bill payment was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the bill payment was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`AppliedToCreditAppliedAmount`	`String`	The credit applied amount to be applied.

Bills

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Bills.

Table Specific Information

Bills may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Bills, BillExpenseItems, or BillLineItems tables. Bills may be deleted by using the Bills table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Bills are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, IsPaid, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM Bills WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

You can also use BillLineItems and BillExpenseItems to insert a bill.

To add a Bill, specify a Vendor, Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. The ItemAggregate and ExpenseAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line or Expense Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the BillLineItems and BillExpenseItems tables and it starts with Item and Expense. For example, the following will insert a new Bill with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO Bills (VendorName, Date, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Cal Telephone', '1/1/2011',
'<BillLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</BillLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier for the bill.
`VendorName`	`String`	False		1000	Vendor for this transaction. Either VenderName or VendorId must have a value when inserting.
`VendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Vendor ID for this transaction. Either VenderName or VendorId must have a value when inserting.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Reference number for the transaction.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Amount of the transaction. This is calculated by QuickBooks based on the Line Items or Expense Line Items.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			Date when payment is due.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	Reference to terms of payment.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	Reference ID for the terms of payment.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False		1000	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Reference ID for the accounts-payable account.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo for the transaction.
`IsPaid`	`Boolean`	True			Indicates whether this Bill has been paid.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of line items.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a bill and its line item data.
`ExpenseItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of expense line items.
`ExpenseItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the expense item data which can be used for adding a bill and its expense item data.
`TransactionCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of related transactions to the bill.
`TransactionAggregate`	`String`	True		5000	An aggregate of the linked transaction data.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	Name of the currency code used for this bill.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	1000	Id of the currency code used for this bill.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the bill was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the bill was created.
`OpenAmount`	`Decimal`	True			The current balance for the Vendor

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.
`Expense\*`	`String`	All expense-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.
`LinkToTxnId`	`String`	A transaction to link the bill to. This transaction must be a purchase order. You will get a run-time error if the transaction specified is already closed or fully received. This is only available on insert and requires a minimum QBXML Version 4.0.

BuildAssemblies

Insert, Update, delete, and query QuickBooks Build Assembly transactions.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			An identifying number for this transaction.
`ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	A reference to the ID of an inventory assembly. Either ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_ListID or ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_FullName is required when inserting a BuildAssembly.
`ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_FullName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the name of an inventory assembly. Either ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_ListID or ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_FullName is required when inserting a BuildAssembly.
`InventorySiteRef_ListID`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	255	A reference to the ID of an inventory site.
`InventorySiteRef_FullName`	`String`	False		31	A reference to the name of an inventory site.
`SerialNumber`	`String`	False		5000	The serial number of the asset. This cannot be used with LotNumber.
`LotNumber`	`String`	False		40	The lot number of the asset. This cannot be used with SerialNumber.
`TxnDate`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction.
`RefNumber`	`String`	False		21	A reference number identifying the transaction. This does not have to be unique.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo about the transaction.
`IsPending`	`Boolean`	True			If IsPending is set to true, the transaction in question has not been completed.
`QuantityToBuild`	`Double`	False			Specifies the number of assemblies to be built. The transaction will fail if the number specified here exceeds the number of on-hand items.
`QuantityCanBuild`	`Double`	True			Indicates the number of this assembly that can be built from the parts on hand.
`QuantityOnHand`	`Double`	True			The number of these items in the inventory. To change the QuantityOnHand, you would need to add an inventory adjustment.
`QuantityOnSalesOrder`	`Double`	True			The number of these items that have been sold (as recorded in sales orders) but not delivered to customers.
`MarkPendingIfRequired`	`Boolean`	False			Allows the build assembly to be marked pending if there are insufficient quantities to complete the build assembly. This field requires QBXML Version 7.0 and is not returned in the response from QuickBooks.
`ExternalGUID`	`String`	True			A user-defined GUID value. Requires QBXML Version 9.0.
`BuildAssemblyLineAggregate`	`String`	True		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a transfer inventory and its line item data.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The datetime the transaction was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last datetime the transaction was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True			An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`ExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True		1099	The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 16.0.

BuildAssemblyLineItems

Create and query QuickBooks Build Assembly transactions.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`BuildAssemblyId`	`String`	False	BuildAssemblies.ID	255	The unique ID of the build assembly.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			An identifying number for this transaction.
`ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	A reference to the ID of an inventory assembly. Either ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_ListID or ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_FullName is required when inserting a BuildAssembly.
`ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_FullName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the name of an inventory assembly. Either ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_ListID or ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_FullName is required when inserting a BuildAssembly.
`InventorySiteRef_ListID`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	255	A reference to the ID of an inventory site. Requires QBXML Version 10.0.
`InventorySiteRef_FullName`	`String`	False		31	A reference to the name of an inventory site. Requires QBXML Version 10.0.
`SerialNumber`	`String`	False		5000	The serial number of the asset. This cannot be used with LotNumber.
`LotNumber`	`String`	False		40	The lot number of the asset. This cannot be used with SerialNumber.
`TxnDate`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction.
`RefNumber`	`String`	False		21	A reference number identifying the transaction. This does not have to be unique.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo about the transaction.
`IsPending`	`Boolean`	True			If IsPending is set to true, the transaction in question has not been completed.
`QuantityToBuild`	`Double`	False			Specifies the number of assemblies to be built. The transaction will fail if the number specified here exceeds the number of on-hand items.
`QuantityCanBuild`	`Double`	True			Indicates the number of this assembly that can be built from the parts on hand.
`QuantityOnHand`	`Double`	True			The number of these items in the inventory. To change the QuantityOnHand, you would need to add an inventory adjustment.
`QuantityOnSalesOrder`	`Double`	True			The number of these items that have been sold (as recorded in sales orders) but not delivered to customers.
`MarkPendingIfRequired`	`Boolean`	False			Allows the build assembly to be marked pending if there are insufficient quantities to complete the build assembly. This field requires QBXML Version 7.0 and is not returned in the response from QuickBooks.
`ExternalGUID`	`String`	True			A user-defined GUID value. Requires QBXML Version 9.0.
`ComponentItemLineRet_ItemRef_ListID`	`String`	True	Items.ID	255	Reference to the ID of an item.
`ComponentItemLineRet_ItemRef_FullName`	`String`	True		255	Reference to the full name of an item.
`ComponentItemLineRet_InventorySiteRef_ListID`	`String`	True	InventorySites.ID	255	Reference to the ID of an inventory site. Requires QBXML Version 10.0.
`ComponentItemLineRet_InventorySiteRef_FullName`	`String`	True		31	Reference to the full name of an inventory site. Requires QBXML Version 10.0.
`ComponentItemLineRet_Desc`	`String`	True		5000	Description for the line item.
`ComponentItemLineRet_QuantityOnHand`	`Double`	True			The number of these items in the inventory.
`ComponentItemLineRet_QuantityNeeded`	`Double`	True			The number of these items used in the assembly.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The datetime the transaction was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last datetime the transaction was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True			An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`ExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True		1099	The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 16.0.

CheckExpenseItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Check Expense Line Items.

Table Specific Information

Checks may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Checks, CheckExpenseItems, or CheckLineItems tables. Checks may be deleted by using the Checks table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Checks are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, Payee, PayeeId, Account, AccountId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM CheckExpenseItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

SELECT * FROM CheckExpenseItems WHERE Date >= '2020-01-07' AND Date < '2020-01-10'

SELECT * FROM CheckExpenseItems WHERE [Date] = '2020-01-07'

Insert

To add a Check, specify an Account, a Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Expense Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Expense Line Items for a new Check transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Check with two Expense Line Items:

INSERT INTO CheckExpenseItems#TEMP (Account, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('Checking', '1/1/2011', 'Utilities:Telephone', 52.25,)
INSERT INTO CheckExpenseItems#TEMP (Account, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('Checking', '1/1/2011', 'Professional Fees:Accounting', 235.87)
INSERT INTO CheckExpenseItems (Account, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) SELECT Account, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount FROM CheckExpenseItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format CheckId\|ExpenseLineId.
`CheckId`	`String`	False	Checks.ID	255	The item identifier for the check. This is obtained from the Checks table.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Account`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the account funds are being drawn from.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The ID of the account funds are being drawn from.
`Payee`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the payee for the check.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	The ID of the payee for the check.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Amount of the transaction.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo regarding this transaction.
`Address`	`String`	True			Full address returned by QuickBooks.
`Line1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the address.
`Line2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the address.
`Line3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the address.
`Line4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the address.
`Line5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the address.
`City`	`String`	False		255	City name for the address of the check.
`State`	`String`	False		255	State name for the address of the check.
`PostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the address of the check.
`Country`	`String`	False		255	Country for the address of the check.
`Note`	`String`	False		41	Note for the address of the check.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`ExpenseLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ExpenseLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The expense line number.
`ExpenseAccount`	`String`	False		1000	The account name for this expense line.
`ExpenseAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The account ID for this expense line.
`ExpenseAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The total amount of this expense line.
`ExpenseBillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	The billing status of this expense line. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED. The default value is EMPTY.
`ExpenseCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	The customer associated with this expense line.
`ExpenseCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The customer associated with this expense line.
`ExpenseClass`	`String`	False		1000	The class name of this expense.
`ExpenseClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The class ID of this expense.
`ExpenseTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ExpenseTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax ID information for this item. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ExpenseMemo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo for this expense line.
`ExpenseCustomFields`	`String`	True			The custom fields for this expense item.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this transaction is to be printed. The default value is false.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	The name of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	The unique ID of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the check was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the check was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ApplyCheckToTxnId`	`String`	Identifies the transaction to be paid by this check. This can be used in updates and inserts.
`ApplyCheckToTxnAmount`	`String`	The amount of the transaction to be paid by this check. This can be used in updates and inserts.

CheckLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Check Line Items.

Table Specific Information

Checks may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Checks, CheckExpenseItems, or CheckLineItems tables. Checks may be deleted by using the Checks table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Checks are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, Payee, PayeeId, Account, AccountId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM CheckLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

SELECT * FROM CheckLineItems WHERE Date >= '2020-01-07' AND Date < '2020-01-10'

SELECT * FROM CheckLineItems WHERE [Date] = '2020-01-07'

Insert

To add a Check, specify an Account, a Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new Check transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Check with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO CheckLineItems#TEMP (Account, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Checking', '1/1/2011', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO CheckLineItems#TEMP (Account, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Checking', '1/1/2011', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO CheckLineItems (Account, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES Account, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM CheckLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format CheckId\|ItemLineId.
`CheckId`	`String`	False	Checks.ID	255	The item identifier for the check. This is obtained from the checks table.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Account`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the account funds are being drawn from.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The ID of the account funds are being drawn from.
`Payee`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the payee for the check.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	The ID of the payee for the check.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of transaction.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Amount of the transaction.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo regarding this transaction.
`Address`	`String`	True			Full address returned by QuickBooks.
`Line1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the address.
`Line2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the address.
`Line3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the address.
`Line4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the address.
`Line5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the address.
`City`	`String`	False		255	City name for the address of the check.
`State`	`String`	False		255	State name for the address of the check.
`PostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the address of the check.
`Country`	`String`	False		255	Country for the address of the check.
`Note`	`String`	False		41	Note for the address of the check.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemName`	`String`	False			The item name.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID		The item Id.
`ItemGroup`	`String`	False		100	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemGroupId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	Item group Id. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemDescription`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`ItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line.
`ItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the item's available units. If the company file is enabled for only a single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`ItemCost`	`Double`	False			The unit cost for the item.
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for the item.
`ItemBillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	Billing status of the item. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED. The default value is EMPTY.
`ItemCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer who ordered the item.
`ItemCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer who ordered the item.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	The name for the class of the item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The ID for the class of the item.
`ItemInventorySiteId`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	31	The inventory site ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationId`	`String`	False		31	The inventory site location ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site location name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True		1099	The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 16.0.
`ItemTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ItemTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax ID information for this item. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ItemCustomFields`	`String`	False			The custom fields for this lineitem.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this transaction is to be printed. The default value is false.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	The name of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	The unique ID of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the check was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the check was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ApplyCheckToTxnId`	`String`	Identifies the transaction to be paid by this check. This can be used in updates and inserts.
`ApplyCheckToTxnAmount`	`String`	The amount of the transaction to be paid by this check. This can be used in updates and inserts.

Checks

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Checks.

Table Specific Information

Checks may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Checks, CheckExpenseItems, or CheckLineItems tables. Checks may be deleted by using the Checks table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Checks are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, Payee, PayeeId, Account, AccountId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM Checks WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

SELECT * FROM Checks WHERE Date >= '2020-01-07' AND Date < '2020-01-10'

SELECT * FROM Checks WHERE [Date] = '2020-01-07'

Insert

To add a Check, specify an Account, a Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. The ItemAggregate and ExpenseAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line or Expense Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the CheckLineItems and CheckExpenseItems tables and it starts with Item and Expense. For example, the following will insert a new Check with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO Checks (Account, Date, ItemAggregate) VALUES ('Checking', '1/1/2011',
'<CheckLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</CheckLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Account`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the account funds are being drawn from.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The ID of the account funds are being drawn from.
`Payee`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the payee for the Check.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	The ID of the payee for the Check.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of transaction.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Amount of the transaction.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo regarding this transaction.
`Address`	`String`	True			Full address returned by QuickBooks.
`Line1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the address.
`Line2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the address.
`Line3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the address.
`Line4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the address.
`Line5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the address.
`City`	`String`	False		255	City name for the address of the check.
`State`	`String`	False		255	State name for the address of the check.
`PostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the address of the check.
`Country`	`String`	False		255	Country for the address of the check.
`Note`	`String`	False		41	Note for the address of the check.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of line items.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a check and its line item data.
`ExpenseItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of expense line items.
`ExpenseItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the expense item data which can be used for adding a check and its expense item data.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this transaction is to be printed. The default value is false.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	The name of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	The unique ID of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the check was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the check was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.
`Expense\*`	`String`	All expense-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.
`ApplyCheckToTxnId`	`String`	Identifies the transaction to be paid by this check. This can be used in updates and inserts.
`ApplyCheckToTxnAmount`	`String`	The amount of the transaction to be paid by this check. This can be used in updates and inserts.

Class

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Classes. QuickBooks requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher for updates to a Class.

Table Specific Information

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the Class table are Id, Name, and IsActive. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax.

Insert

To insert a Class, specify the Name field.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the class.
`Name`	`String`	False		100	The name of the class.
`FullName`	`String`	True		1000	The full name of the class in the form ParentName\|ClassName.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Boolean determining if the class is active.
`ParentRef_FullName`	`String`	False			Full name of the parent for the class. You may specify only ParentRef_FullName or ParentRef_ListId on INSERT/UPDATE statements and not both.
`ParentRef_ListId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	Id for the parent of the class. You may specify only ParentRef_FullName or ParentRef_ListId on INSERT/UPDATE statements and not both.
`Sublevel`	`Integer`	True			How many parents the class has.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	A string indicating the revision of the class.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The time the class was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last time the class was modified.

CreditCardChargeExpenseItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Card Charge Expense Line Items.

Table Specific Information

CreditCardCharges may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditCardCharges, CreditCardChargeExpenseItems, or CreditCardChargeLineItems tables. CreditCardCharges may be deleted by using the CreditCardCharges table.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditCardCharges are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, AccountName, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM CreditCardChargeExpenseItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a CreditCardCharge, specify an Account and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Expense Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Expense Line Items for a new CreditCardCharge transaction. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardCharge with two Expense Line Items:

INSERT INTO CreditCardChargeExpenseItems#TEMP (AccountName, ExpenseAccount ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', 'Job Expenses:Job Materials', 52.25)
INSERT INTO CreditCardChargeExpenseItems#TEMP (AccountName, ExpenseAccount ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', 'Automobile:Fuel', 235.87)
INSERT INTO CreditCardChargeExpenseItems (AccountName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) SELECT AccountName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount FROM CreditCardChargeExpenseItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format CCChargeId\|ItemLineId.
`CCChargeId`	`String`	False	CreditCardCharges.ID	255	The item identifier.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Reference number for the transaction.
`AccountName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the credit card account. Either AccountId or AccountName must have a value when inserting.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the credit card account. Either AccountId or AccountName must have a value when inserting.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo to appear on internal reports only.
`PayeeName`	`String`	False		1000	Name of the payee for the transaction.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Id of the payee for the transaction.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ExpenseLineId`	`String`	True		255	The expense line item identifier.
`ExpenseLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The expense line number.
`ExpenseAccount`	`String`	False		1000	The account name for this expense line. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`ExpenseAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The account ID for this expense line. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`ExpenseAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The total amount of this expense line.
`ExpenseBillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	The billing status of this expense line. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED.
`ExpenseCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	The customer associated with this expense line.
`ExpenseCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The customer associated with this expense line.
`ExpenseClass`	`String`	False		1000	The class name of this expense.
`ExpenseClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The class ID of this expense.
`ExpenseMemo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo for this expense line.
`ExpenseTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ExpenseTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit card charge was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit card charge was created.

CreditCardChargeLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Card Charge Line Items.

Table Specific Information

CreditCardCharges may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditCardCharges, CreditCardChargeExpenseItems, or CreditCardChargeLineItems tables. CreditCardCharges may be deleted by using the CreditCardCharges table.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditCardCharges are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, AccountName, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM CreditCardChargeLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a CreditCardCharge, specify an Account and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new CreditCardCharge transaction. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardCharge with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO CreditCardChargeLineItems#TEMP (AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', '1/1/2011', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO CreditCardChargeLineItems#TEMP (AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', '1/1/2011', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO CreditCardChargeLineItems (AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM CreditCardChargeLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format CCChargeId\|ItemLineId.
`CCChargeId`	`String`	False	CreditCardCharges.ID	255	The item identifier.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Reference number for the transaction.
`AccountName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the credit card account. Either AccountId or AccountName must have a value when inserting.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the credit card account. Either AccountId or AccountName must have a value when inserting.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo to appear on internal reports only.
`PayeeName`	`String`	False		1000	Name of the payee for the transaction.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Id of the payee for the transaction.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemName`	`String`	False			The item name.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The item identifier.
`ItemGroup`	`String`	False		100	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemGroupId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemDescription`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`ItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line.
`ItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		100	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the available units for the item. If the company file is enabled for only a single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`ItemCost`	`Double`	False			The unit cost for an item.
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this item.
`ItemBillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	Billing status of the item. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED.
`ItemCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer who ordered the item.
`ItemCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer who ordered the item.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	The name for the class of the item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The ID for the class of the item.
`ItemTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ItemTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ItemInventorySiteId`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	31	The inventory site ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationId`	`String`	False		31	The inventory site location ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site location name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True		1099	The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 16.0.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the transaction was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the transaction was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemOverrideAccount`	`String`	The Account Name used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.
`ItemOverrideAccountId`	`String`	The Account ID used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.

CreditCardCharges

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Card Charges.

Table Specific Information

CreditCardCharges may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditCardCharges, CreditCardChargeExpenseItems, or CreditCardChargeLineItems tables. CreditCardCharges may be deleted by using the CreditCardCharges table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditCardCharges are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, AccountName, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM CreditCardCharges WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a CreditCardCharge, specify an Account and at least one Expense or Line Item. The ItemAggregate and ExpenseAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line or Expense Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the CreditCardChargeLineItems and CreditCardChargeExpenseItems tables and it starts with Item and Expense. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardCharge with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO CreditCardCharges (AccountName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card',
'<CreditCardChargeLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</CreditCardChargeLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the transaction.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		11	Reference number for the transaction.
`AccountName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the credit card account. Either AccountId or AccountName must have a value when inserting.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the credit card account. Either AccountId or AccountName must have a value when inserting.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo to appear on internal reports only.
`PayeeName`	`String`	False		1000	Name of the payee for the transaction.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Id of the payee for the transaction.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of line items.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a bill and its line item data.
`ExpenseItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of expense line items.
`ExpenseItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the expense item data which can be used for adding a bill and its expense item data.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit card charge was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit card charge was created.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.
`Expense\*`	`String`	All expense-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.

CreditCardCreditExpenseItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Card Credit Expense Line Items.

Table Specific Information

CreditCardCredits may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditCardCredits, CreditCardCreditExpenseItems, or CreditCardCreditLineItems tables. CreditCardCredits may be deleted by using the CreditCardCredits table.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditCardCredits are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, AccountName, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM CreditCardCreditExpenseItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a CreditCardCredit, specify an Account and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Expense Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Expense Line Items for a new CreditCardCredit transaction. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardCredit with two Expense Line Items:

INSERT INTO CreditCardCreditExpenseItems#TEMP (AccountName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', 'Job Expenses:Job Materials', 52.25)
INSERT INTO CreditCardCreditExpenseItems#TEMP (AccountName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', 'Automobile:Fuel', 235.87)
INSERT INTO CreditCardCreditExpenseItems (AccountName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) SELECT AccountName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount FROM CreditCardCreditExpenseItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format CCCreditId\|ItemLineId.
`CCCreditId`	`String`	False	CreditCardCredits.ID	255	The item identifier.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Reference number for the transaction.
`AccountName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the credit card account. Either AccountId or AccountName must have a value when inserting.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the credit card account. Either AccountId or AccountName must have a value when inserting.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo to appear on internal reports only.
`PayeeName`	`String`	False		1000	Name of the payee for the transaction.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Id of the payee for the transaction.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ExpenseLineId`	`String`	True		255	The expense line item identifier.
`ExpenseLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The expense line number.
`ExpenseAccount`	`String`	False		1000	The account name for this expense line. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`ExpenseAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The account ID for this expense line. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`ExpenseAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The total amount of this expense line.
`ExpenseBillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	The billing status of this expense line. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED.
`ExpenseCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	The customer associated with this expense line.
`ExpenseCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The customer associated with this expense line.
`ExpenseClass`	`String`	False		1000	The class name of this expense.
`ExpenseClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The class ID of this expense.
`ExpenseMemo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo for this expense line.
`ExpenseTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ExpenseTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit card credit was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit card credit was created.

CreditCardCreditLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Card Credit Line Items.

Table Specific Information

CreditCardCredits may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditCardCredits, CreditCardCreditExpenseItems, or CreditCardCreditLineItems tables. CreditCardCredits may be deleted by using the CreditCardCredits table.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditCardCredits are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, AccountName, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM CreditCardCreditLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a CreditCardCredit, specify an Account and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new CreditCardCredit transaction. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardCredit with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO CreditCardCreditLineItems#TEMP (AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', '1/1/2011', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO CreditCardCreditLineItems#TEMP (AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', '1/1/2011', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO CreditCardCreditLineItems (AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT AccountName, ItemName ItemQuantity FROM CreditCardCreditLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format CCCreditId\|ItemLineId.
`CCCreditId`	`String`	False	CreditCardCredits.ID	255	The item identifier.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Reference number for the transaction.
`AccountName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the credit card account. Either AccountId or AccountName must have a value when inserting.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the credit card account. Either AccountId or AccountName must have a value when inserting.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo to appear on internal reports only.
`PayeeName`	`String`	False		1000	Name of the payee for the transaction.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Id of the payee for the transaction.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemName`	`String`	False			The item name.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The item identifier.
`ItemGroup`	`String`	False		100	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemGroupId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemDescription`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`ItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line.
`ItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the available units for the item. If the company file is enabled only for single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`ItemCost`	`Double`	False			The unit cost for an item.
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this item.
`ItemBillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	Billing status of the item. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED.
`ItemCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer who ordered the item.
`ItemCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer who ordered the item.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	The name for the class of the item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	1000	The ID for the class of the item.
`ItemTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ItemTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ItemInventorySiteId`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	31	The inventory site ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationId`	`String`	False		31	The inventory site location ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site location name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the bill was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the bill was created.
`ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True		1099	The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 16.0.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemOverrideAccount`	`String`	The Account Name used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.
`ItemOverrideAccountId`	`String`	The Account ID used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.

CreditCardCredits

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Card Credits.

Table Specific Information

CreditCardCredits may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditCardCredits, CreditCardCreditExpenseItems, or CreditCardCreditLineItems tables. CreditCardCredits may be deleted by using the CreditCardCredits table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditCardCredits are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, AccountName, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM CreditCardCredits WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a CreditCardCredit, specify an Account and at least one Expense or Line Item. The ItemAggregate and ExpenseAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line or Expense Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the CreditCardCreditLineItems and CreditCardCreditExpenseItems tables and it starts with Item and Expense. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardCredit with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO CreditCardCredits (AccountName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card',
'<CreditCardCreditLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</CreditCardCreditLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Reference number for the transaction.
`AccountName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the credit card account. Either AccountId or AccountName must have a value when inserting.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the credit card account. Either AccountId or AccountName must have a value when inserting.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo to appear on internal reports only.
`PayeeName`	`String`	False		1000	Name of the payee for the transaction.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Id of the payee for the transaction.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of line items.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a credit card credit and its line item data.
`ExpenseItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of expense line items.
`ExpenseItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the expense item data which can be used for adding a credit card credit and its expense item data.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit card credit was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit card credit was created.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.
`Expense\*`	`String`	All expense-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.

CreditCardRefunds

Query and Insert QuickBooks AR Credit Card Refund transactions.

Table Specific Information

CreditCardRefunds may be inserted or queried via the CreditCardRefunds table. CreditCardRefunds may be deleted by using the CreditCardRefunds table. QuickBooks does not currently support updating CreditCardRefunds.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ARCreditCardRefunds are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM CreditCardRefunds WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a CreditCardRefund, specify a Customer, Date, and at least one reference to a Credit Memo. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardRefunds:

INSERT INTO CreditCardRefunds#TEMP (CustomerRef_ListID, PaymentMethodRef_ListID, RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_TxnId, RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_RefundAmount) VALUES ('150000-933272658', '1D575-1544895769', '30000-933272660', 200.00)
INSERT INTO CreditCardRefunds (CustomerRef_ListID, PaymentMethodRef_ListID, RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_TxnId, RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_RefundAmount) SELECT CustomerRef_ListID, PaymentMethodRef_ListID, RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_TxnId, RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_RefundAmount FROM CreditCardRefunds#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`TxnDate`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id
`RefNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`CustomerRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer on the refund. Either CustomerRef_ListID or CustomerRef_ListName must have a value when inserting.
`CustomerRef_FullName`	`String`	False		209	The name of the customer on the refund. Either CustomerRef_ListID or CustomerRef_ListName must have a value when inserting.
`RefundFromAccountRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The ID of the account which is the source of funds for the credit card refund.
`RefundFromAccountRef_FullName`	`String`	False		159	The Name of the account which is the source of funds for the credit card refund.
`ARAccountRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`ARAccountRef_FullName`	`String`	False		159	A reference to the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`TotalAmount`	`Decimal`	True			Total amount of the refund.
`TotalAmountInHomeCurrency`	`Decimal`	True			Total amount of the refund in home currency.
`Address_Addr1`	`String`	False		41	First line of the address.
`Address_Addr2`	`String`	False		41	Second line of the address.
`Address_Addr3`	`String`	False		41	Third line of the address.
`Address_Addr4`	`String`	False		41	Fourth line of the address.
`Address_Addr5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the address.
`Address_City`	`String`	False		31	City name for the address of the check.
`Address_State`	`String`	False		21	State name for the address of the check.
`Address_PostalCode`	`String`	False		13	Postal code for the address of the check.
`Address_Country`	`String`	False		31	Country for the address of the check.
`Address_Note`	`String`	False		41	Note for the address of the check.
`PaymentMethodRef_ListID`	`String`	False	PaymentMethods.ID	255	The ID of the Customer's payment method.
`PaymentMethodRef_FullName`	`String`	False		31	The Name of the Customer's payment method.
`Memo`	`String`	False		4095	Additional information about the refund.
`RefundAppliedToTxnAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the transactions this refund is applied to.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_CreditCardNumber`	`String`	False		25	The Credit Card Number for the Customer.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_ExpirationMonth`	`Integer`	False			The month when the credit card expires.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_ExpirationYear`	`Integer`	False			The year when the credit card expires.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_NameOnCard`	`String`	False		41	The name on the Customer's credit card.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_CreditCardAddress`	`String`	False		41	The address associated with this credit card.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_CreditCardPostalCode`	`String`	False		18	The postal code associated with the address for this credit card.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_CommercialCardCode`	`String`	False		24	This optional field is used only for Visa and Master Card commercial cards.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_TransactionMode`	`String`	False		50	Indicates whether this transaction came from a card swipe (CardPresent ) or not (CardNotPresent). Defaults to CardNotPresent
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_CreditCardTxnType`	`String`	False		50	Indicates from where the current transaction data originated. Values:Authorization, Capture, Charge, Refund, VoiceAuthorization
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_ResultCode`	`Integer`	False			Contains the status code returned in the original ransaction response.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_ResultMessage`	`String`	False		60	Contains the status message returned in the original transaction response.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_CreditCardTransID`	`String`	False		24	The transaction ID is returned from the credit card processor.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_MerchantAccountNumber`	`String`	False		32	The account number of the merchant who is running the transaction using the customer's credit card.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_AuthorizationCode`	`String`	False		12	The authorization code is returned from the credit card processor.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_AVSStreet`	`String`	False		50	Pass if the street address supplied in the transaction request matches the customer's address. Fail if does not match.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_AVSZip`	`String`	False		50	Pass if the zip supplied in the transaction request matches the customer's zip. Fail if does not match.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_CardSecurityCodeMatch`	`String`	False		50	Pass if the security colde supplied in the transaction request matches the Credit Card's security Code. Fail if does not match.
`CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_TxnAuthorizationTime`	`Datetime`	False			Timestamp indicating the time in which the card processor authorized the transaction.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False		5000	Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`CurrencyRef_ListID`	`String`	True	Currency.ListID	255	Name of the currency code used for this refund.
`CurrencyRef_Name`	`String`	True		64	Id of the currency code used for this refund.
`ExchangeRate`	`Decimal`	False			Currency exchange rate for this invoice.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The datetime the transaction was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last datetime the transaction was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_TxnID`	`String`	The ID of the transaction to apply the refund to. Required on Inserts.
`RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_RefundAmount`	`Decimal`	The Amount of the refund to apply to the transaction. Required on Inserts.

CreditMemoLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Memo Line Items.

Table Specific Information

CreditMemos may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditMemoLineItems table. CreditMemos may be deleted by using the CreditMemos table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditMemos are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, CustomerName, CustomerId, AccountsReceivable, and AccountsReceivableId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM CreditMemoLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a CreditMemo, specify a Customer and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new CreditMemo transaction. For example, the following will insert a new CreditMemo with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO CreditMemoLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO CreditMemoLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO CreditMemoLineItems (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM CreditMemoLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format CreditMemoId\|ItemLineId.
`CreditMemoId`	`String`	False	CreditMemos.ID	255	The item identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer on the credit memo. CustomerName or CustomerId are required to have a value when inserting.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer on the credit memo. CustomerName or CustomerId are required to have a value when inserting.
`AccountsReceivable`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the name of the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`AccountsReceivableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the ID of the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`ShipMethod`	`String`	False		1000	The shipping method.
`ShipMethodId`	`String`	False	ShippingMethods.ID	255	The shipping method id.
`ShipDate`	`Date`	False			The shipping date.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo regarding this transaction.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this transaction.
`Message`	`String`	False		101	A message to the customer.
`MessageId`	`String`	False	CustomerMessages.ID	255	Id of the message to the customer.
`SalesRep`	`String`	False		5	Reference to (the initials of) the sales rep.
`SalesRepId`	`String`	False	SalesReps.ID	255	Reference ID to the sales rep.
`FOB`	`String`	False		13	Freight on board: The place to ship from.
`BillingAddress`	`String`	True			Full billing address returned by QuickBooks.
`BillingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the billing address.
`BillingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the billing address.
`BillingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the billing address.
`BillingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the billing address.
`BillingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the billing address.
`BillingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the billing address of the credit memo.
`BillingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the billing address of the credit memo.
`BillingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the billing address of the credit memo.
`BillingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the billing address of the credit memo.
`BillingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the billing address of the credit memo.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address of the credit memo.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address of the credit memo.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address of the credit memo.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address of the credit memo.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address of the credit memo.
`Subtotal`	`Decimal`	True			The gross subtotal. This does not include tax or the amount already paid.
`Tax`	`Double`	False			Total sales tax applied to this transaction.
`TaxItem`	`String`	False		100	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxItemId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxPercent`	`Double`	True			Percentage charged for sales tax.
`IsPending`	`Boolean`	False			Transaction status (whether this transaction has been completed or it is still pending).
`IsToBeEmailed`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this credit memo is to be emailed.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this transaction is to be printed.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`PONumber`	`String`	False		25	The purchase order number.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	The payment terms.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	The payment terms.
`CreditRemaining`	`Double`	True			Remaining credit.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			Date when the credit is due.
`Template`	`String`	False		100	The name of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`TemplateId`	`String`	False	Templates.ID	255	The ID of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`CustomerSalesTax`	`String`	False		3	Reference to sales tax information for the customer.
`CustomerSalesTaxId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Reference to sales tax information for the customer.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Indicates the exchange rate for the transaction.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemName`	`String`	False			The item name.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The item identifier.
`ItemGroup`	`String`	False		100	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemGroupId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	Item group Id. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemDescription`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`ItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the available units for the item. If the company file is enabled only for single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`ItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line.
`ItemRate`	`Double`	False			The unit rate charged for this item.
`ItemRatePercent`	`Double`	False			The rate percent charged for this item.
`ItemTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ItemTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this item.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	The class name of the item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The class name of the item.
`ItemInventorySiteName`	`String`	False		31	The inventory site name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory Add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteId`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	255	The inventory site ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory Add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationName`	`String`	False		31	The inventory site location name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory Add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationId`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site location ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory Add-on.
`ItemSerialNumber`	`String`	False		5000	The serial number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory Add-on.
`ItemLotNumber`	`String`	False		40	The lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory Add-on.
`ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True		1099	The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 16.0.
`ItemOther1`	`String`	False		29	The Other1 field of this line item. QBXMLVersion must be set to 6.0 or higher.
`ItemOther2`	`String`	False		29	The Other2 field of this line item. QBXMLVersion must be set to 6.0 or higher.
`ItemCustomFields`	`String`	False			The custom fields for this lineitem.
`ItemUOMSetFullName`	`String`	False		1000	Indicates the price of something as a percent.
`ItemUOMSetListID`	`String`	False	UnitOfMeasure.ID	1000	Indicates the price of something as a percent.
`ItemIsGetPrintItemsInGroup`	`String`	False		1000	If true, a list of this group's individual items their amounts will appear on printed forms.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit memo was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit memo was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemPriceLevel`	`String`	Item price level name. QuickBooks will not return the price level.
`ItemOverrideAccount`	`String`	The Account Name used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.
`ItemOverrideAccountId`	`String`	The Account ID used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.

CreditMemos

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Credit Memos.

Table Specific Information

CreditMemos may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditMemoLineItems table. CreditMemos may be deleted by using the CreditMemos table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditMemos are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, CustomerName, CustomerId, AccountsReceivable, and AccountsReceivableId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM CreditMemos WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a CreditMemo, specify a Customer and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the CreditMemoLineItems tableand it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new CreditMemo with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO CreditMemos (CustomerName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy',
'<CreditMemoLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</CreditMemoLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer on the credit memo. CustomerName or CustomerId are required to have a value when inserting.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer on the credit memo. CustomerName or CustomerId are required to have a value when inserting.
`AccountsReceivable`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the name of the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`AccountsReceivableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the ID of the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`ShipMethod`	`String`	False		1000	The shipping method.
`ShipMethodId`	`String`	False	ShippingMethods.ID	255	The shipping method Id.
`ShipDate`	`Date`	False			The shipping date.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo regarding this transaction.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this transaction.
`Message`	`String`	False		101	A message to the customer.
`MessageId`	`String`	False	CustomerMessages.ID	255	Id of the message to the customer.
`SalesRep`	`String`	False		5	Reference to (initials of) the sales rep.
`SalesRepId`	`String`	False	SalesReps.ID	255	Reference ID to the sales rep.
`FOB`	`String`	False		13	Freight on board: The place to ship from.
`BillingAddress`	`String`	True			Full billing address returned by QuickBooks.
`BillingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the billing address.
`BillingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the billing address.
`BillingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the billing address.
`BillingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the billing address.
`BillingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the billing address.
`BillingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the billing address of the credit memo.
`BillingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the billing address of the credit memo.
`BillingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the billing address of the credit memo.
`BillingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the billing address of the credit memo.
`BillingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the billing address of the credit memo.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address of the credit memo.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address of the credit memo.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address of the credit memo.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address of the credit memo.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address of the credit memo.
`Subtotal`	`Decimal`	True			The gross subtotal. This does not include tax or the amount already paid.
`Tax`	`Double`	False			Total sales tax applied to this transaction.
`TaxItem`	`String`	False		100	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxItemId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxPercent`	`Double`	True			Percentage charged for sales tax.
`IsPending`	`Boolean`	False			Transaction status (whether this transaction has been completed or is still pending).
`IsToBeEmailed`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this credit memo is to be emailed.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this transaction is to be printed.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`PONumber`	`String`	False		25	The purchase order number.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	The payment terms.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	The payment terms.
`CreditRemaining`	`Double`	True			Remaining credit.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			Date when the credit is due.
`Template`	`String`	False		100	The name of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`TemplateId`	`String`	False	Templates.ID	255	The ID of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`CustomerSalesTax`	`String`	False		3	Reference to sales tax information for the customer.
`CustomerSalesTaxId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Reference to sales tax information for the customer.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Indicates the exchange rate for the transaction.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of line items.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a credit memo and its line item data.
`TransactionCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of related transactions to the credi tmemo.
`TransactionAggregate`	`String`	True		5000	An aggregate of the linked transaction data.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit memo was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit memo was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.

Currency

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Currencies. This table requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher, and you will need to enable multiple Currencies in your QuickBooks company file to use it.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The ID of the currency.
`Name`	`String`	False	64	The name of the currency.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Boolean indicating if the currency is active.
`CurrencyCode`	`String`	False	3	A maximum of 3 characters describing the code for the currency. For example: USD.
`CurrencyFormat_ThousandSeparator`	`String`	False	10	The separating character for thousands. For example, in 1,000,000 the comma is the separator. The allowed values are Comma, Period, Space, Apostrophe. The default value is Comma.
`CurrencyFormat_ThousandSeparatorGrouping`	`String`	False	50	Controls how the display of the currency value is grouped. For example, 10,000,000 is XX_XXX_XXX, but could be replaced by X_XX_XX_XXX.
`CurrencyFormat_DecimalPlaces`	`String`	False	50	Controls the display of the decimal value. For example, in 1.00 the value would be 2. You can change to 0 if you do not want decimals to be displayed. The default value is 2.
`CurrencyFormat_DecimalSeparator`	`String`	False	6	Controls the character used to separate decimal values from whole numbers. For example, in 1.00 the value is Period. The allowed values are Comma, Period. The default value is Period.
`IsUserDefinedCurrency`	`Boolean`	True		Indicates whether the currency is a built-in currency or a currency created by a QuickBooks user.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	True		The market price for which the currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency. The exchange rate should be considered a snapshot of the rates in effect at the AsOfDate.
`AsOfDate`	`Date`	True		The date when the exchange rate was last changed.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True	16	A string indicating the revision of the currency.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The time the currency was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The time the currency was last modified.

CustomerContacts

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Customer Contacts. This table requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher, and is only available in QuickBooks editions 2016 and above.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the shipping address in the format CustomerId\|ContactId.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer the shipping address is associated with.
`Name`	`String`	False		100	The name of the customer. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`FullName`	`String`	True		1000	The full name of the customer, including parents in the format parent:customer.
`ContactId`	`String`	False		500	The ID of the contact.
`ContactEditSequence`	`String`	False		500	An identifer used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`ContactFirstName`	`String`	False		500	The first name of the contact.
`ContactMiddleName`	`String`	False		500	The middle name of the contact.
`ContactLastName`	`String`	False		500	The last name of the contact.
`ContactJobTitle`	`String`	False		41	The job title of the contact.
`ContactSalutation`	`String`	False		255	The salutation of the contact.
`ContactMethods`	`String`	False		1000	A list of contact methods for the contact.
`EditSequence`	`String`	False		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	False			When the customer was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	False			When the customer was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`IncludeJobs`	`Boolean`	Whether or not to include job information in the results. The default value is TRUE.

CustomerMessages

Create, delete, and query Customer Messages.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The unique identifier of the customer message.
`Name`	`String`	False	101	The name of the customer message.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Boolean determining if the customer message is active.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True	16	A string indicating the revision of the customer message.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The time the customer message was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The last time the customer message was modified.

CustomerNotes

Create, update, and query QuickBooks Customer Notes. This table requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the note in the format CustomerId\|NoteId.
`CustomerID`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer the note is associated with.
`Name`	`String`	False		100	The name of the customer. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`FullName`	`String`	True		1000	The full name of the customer, including parents in the format parent:customer.
`NoteId`	`String`	False		255	Id of the note.
`Date`	`String`	False		5000	Date for this note
`Note`	`String`	False		5000	Note for this customer
`EditSequence`	`String`	False		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	False			When the customer was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	False			When the customer was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`IncludeJobs`	`Boolean`	Whether or not to include job information in the results. The default value is TRUE.

Customers

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Customers.

Table Specific Information

To add a Customer, you must specify the Name field.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Customers are Id, Name, Balance, IsActive, and TimeModified. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Balance may be used with the >=, <=, or = conditions but cannot be used to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE Name LIKE '%George%' AND TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Balance > 100.00 AND Balance < 200.00

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the customer.
`Name`	`String`	False		41	The name of the customer. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`FullName`	`String`	True		159	The full name of the customer, including parents in the format parent:customer.
`Salutation`	`String`	False		15	A salutation, such as Mr., Mrs., etc.
`FirstName`	`String`	False		25	The first name of the customer as stated in the address info.
`MiddleInitial`	`String`	False		5	A middle name or middle initial of the customer.
`LastName`	`String`	False		25	The last name of the customer as stated in the address info.
`AccountNumber`	`String`	False		99	The account number for the customer.
`Company`	`String`	False		41	The name of the company of the customer.
`Balance`	`Double`	True			The balance owned by this customer including subcustomers.
`CustomerBalance`	`Double`	True			The balance owned by only this customer not including subcustomers.
`Contact`	`String`	False		41	The name of the main contact person for the customer.
`Type`	`String`	False		1000	A predefined customer type within QuickBooks. Typical customer types, if defined, might be Commercial, Residential, etc.
`TypeId`	`String`	False	CustomerTypes.ID	255	A predefined customer type within QuickBooks.
`Phone`	`String`	False		21	The main telephone number for the customer.
`Fax`	`String`	False		21	The fax number number for the customer.
`AlternateContact`	`String`	False		41	The name of an alternate contact person for the customer.
`AlternatePhone`	`String`	False		21	The alternate telephone number for the customer.
`Email`	`String`	False		1023	The email address for communicating with the customer.
`Cc`	`String`	False		1023	A CC email address associated with the customer. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher.
`AdditionalContactInfo`	`String`	False			Additional contact information for the customer.
`ContactsAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An xml aggregate of the additional contacts associated with the customer. Aggregate must include the contact FirstName. Requires QBXML Version 12.0.
`ClassName`	`String`	False			A reference to the class of a customer. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher.
`ClassId`	`String`	False			A reference to the class of a customer. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher.
`Notes`	`String`	False		5000	The first note for a customer. To retrieve all notes for a customer, use the NotesAggregate column or the CustomerNotes table.
`NotesAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An xml aggregate of the additional notes associated with the customer. Aggregate must include NoteId and Note elements. Requires QBXML Version 12.0.
`ParentName`	`String`	False			The parent name of the job.
`ParentId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The parent ID of the job.
`Sublevel`	`Integer`	False			The number of ancestors this customer has.
`JobStatus`	`String`	False		10	The current status of the job. The allowed values are Awarded, Closed, InProgress, None, NotAwarded, Pending.
`JobStartDate`	`Date`	False			The start date of the job.
`JobProjectedEndDate`	`Date`	False			The expected end date for the job.
`JobEndDate`	`Date`	False			The actual end date for the job.
`JobDescription`	`String`	False		99	A description of the job.
`JobType`	`String`	False		1000	The full name of the job type.
`JobTypeId`	`String`	False	JobTypes.ID	255	A job type reference Id.
`CreditCardAddress`	`String`	False		41	The address associated with the credit card.
`CreditCardExpMonth`	`Integer`	False			The expiration month associated with the credit card.
`CreditCardExpYear`	`Integer`	False			The expiration year associated with the credit card.
`CreditCardNameOnCard`	`String`	False		41	The name as it appears on the credit card of the customer.
`CreditCardNumber`	`String`	False		25	The credit card number on file for this customer.
`CreditCardPostalCode`	`String`	False		41	The postal code associated with the address and number on file for this customer.
`CreditLimit`	`Double`	False			The credit limit for this customer. If it is equal to 0, there is no credit limit.
`BillingAddress`	`String`	True			Full billing address returned by QuickBooks.
`BillingLine1`	`String`	False		41	First line of the billing address.
`BillingLine2`	`String`	False		41	Second line of the billing address.
`BillingLine3`	`String`	False		41	Third line of the billing address.
`BillingLine4`	`String`	False		41	Fourth line of the billing address.
`BillingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the billing address.
`BillingCity`	`String`	False		31	City name for the billing address of the customer.
`BillingState`	`String`	False		21	State name for the billing address of the customer.
`BillingPostalCode`	`String`	False		13	Postal code for the billing address of the customer.
`BillingCountry`	`String`	False		31	Country for the billing address of the customer.
`BillingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the billing address of the customer.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		41	First line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		41	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		41	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		41	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		31	City name for the shipping address of the customer.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		21	State name for the shipping address of the customer.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		13	Postal code for the shipping address of the customer.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		31	Country for the shipping address of the customer.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address of the customer.
`ShippingAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An XML aggregate of the shipping addresses associated with the customer. Requires QBXML Version 12.0
`ResaleNumber`	`String`	False		16	The resale number of the customer, if he/she has one. This field can be set in inserts but not in updates.
`SalesRep`	`String`	False	SalesReps.ID	5	A reference to a sales rep for the customer.
`SalesRepId`	`String`	False		255	A reference to a sales rep for the customer.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	A reference to terms of payment for this customer. A typical example might be '2% 10 Net 60'. This field can be set in inserts but not in updates.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	A reference to terms of payment for this customer.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	The name of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	The unique ID of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`TaxCode`	`String`	False		3	This is a reference to a sales tax code predefined within QuickBooks. This field can be set in inserts but not in updates.
`TaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	This is a reference to a sales tax code predefined within QuickBooks. This field can be set in inserts but not in updates.
`TaxItem`	`String`	False		100	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxItemId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`SalesTaxCountry`	`String`	False		100	Identifies the country collecting applicable sales taxes. Only available in international editons of QuickBooks.
`PriceLevel`	`String`	False		100	Reference to a price level for the customer.
`PriceLevelId`	`String`	False	PriceLevels.ID	255	Reference to a price level for the customer.
`PreferredDeliveryMethod`	`String`	False		20	The preferred delivery method for the customer. Enter either: fax, email, or none. This column requires QBXML Version 12.0.
`PreferredPaymentMethodName`	`String`	False		100	The preferred method of payment.
`PreferredPaymentMethodId`	`String`	False	PaymentMethods.ID	255	The preferred method of payment.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Whether or not the customer is active.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the customer was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the customer was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`IncludeJobs`	`Boolean`	Whether or not to include job information in the results. The default value is TRUE.

CustomerShippingAddresses

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Customer Shipping Addresses. Multiple Customer Shipping Addresses are supported in only QuickBooks 2013 and higher. Additionally, this table requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher.

Table Specific Information

Insert

To insert a new Shipping Address, specify the CustomerId and the ShipToName of the new Address. Fields designated with a Shipping may be used as to insert multiple Addresses in one statement. For example:

INSERT INTO CustomerShippingAddresses#TEMP (CustomerId, ShipToName, ShipToCity) VALUES ('123456789-9999', 'Shipto Addr 1', 'London')
INSERT INTO CustomerShippingAddresses#TEMP (CustomerId, ShipToName, ShipToCity) VALUES ('123456789-9999', 'Shipto Addr 2', 'Paris')
INSERT INTO CustomerShippingAddresses (CustomerId, ShipToName, ShipToCity) SELECT CustomerId, ShipToName, ShipToCity  FROM CustomerShippingAddresses#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the shipping address in the format CustomerId\|ShipToName.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer the shipping address is associated with.
`Name`	`String`	False		100	The name of the customer. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`FullName`	`String`	True		1000	The full name of the customer, including parents in the format parent:customer.
`ShipToName`	`String`	False		500	Name of the shipping address in QuickBooks. This input is required when inserting additional shipping addresses for a customer.
`ShipToAddr1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address.
`ShipToAddr2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShipToAddr3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShipToAddr4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShipToAddr5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShipToCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address of the customer.
`ShipToState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address of the customer.
`ShipToPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address of the customer.
`ShipToCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address of the customer.
`ShipToNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address of the customer.
`ShipToDefaultShipTo`	`Boolean`	False			Boolean indicating if this shipping address is the default shipping address for the customer.
`EditSequence`	`String`	False		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	False			When the customer was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	False			When the customer was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`IncludeJobs`	`Boolean`	Whether or not to include job information in the results. The default value is TRUE.

CustomerTypes

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Customer Types.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`Name`	`String`	False		31	The name of the customer type.
`FullName`	`String`	True		159	The full name of the customer, including parents in the format Parent:Customer.
`ParentName`	`String`	False			The parent name of the job.
`ParentId`	`String`	False	CustomerTypes.ID	255	The parent ID of the job.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Whether or not the customer type is active.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The datetime the customer type was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last datetime the customer type was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

DateDrivenTerms

Create, delete, and query QuickBooks Date Driven Terms.

Table Specific Information

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for DateDrivenTerms are Name, TimeModified, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax.

Insert

To insert DateDrivenTerms, specify the Name and DayOfMonthDue.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The ID of the date driven term.
`Name`	`String`	False	31	The name of the date driven term.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Boolean indicating if the date driven term is active.
`DayOfMonthDue`	`Integer`	False		Day of the month when full payment is due with no discount.
`DueNextMonthDays`	`Integer`	False		If the invoice or bill is issued within this many days of the due date, payment is not due until the following month.
`DiscountDayOfMonth`	`Integer`	False		If the payment is made by this day of the month, then DiscountPct applies.
`DiscountPct`	`Double`	False		If the payment is received by DiscountDayOfMonth, then this discount will apply to the payment. DiscountPct must be between 0 and 100.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True	16	A string indicating the revision of the date driven term.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The time the date driven term was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The time the date driven term was last modified.

DepositLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Deposit Line Items. QBXMLVersion must be set to 7.0 or higher to update a deposit.

Table Specific Information

Deposits may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Deposits or DepositLineItems tables. Deposits may be deleted by using the Deposits table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Deposits are Id, Date, TimeModified, DepositToAccount, and DepositToAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. For example:

SELECT * FROM DepositLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011'

Insert

To add a Deposit, specify the DepositToAccount field and at least one Line Item. All Line Items must have an ItemAccount specified.

All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new Deposit transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Deposit with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO DepositLineItems#TEMP (DepositToAccount, ItemAccount, ItemAmount) VALUES ('Checking', 'Undeposited Funds', 12.25)
INSERT INTO DepositLineItems#TEMP (DepositToAccount, ItemAccount, ItemAmount) VALUES ('Checking', 'Savings', 155.35)
INSERT INTO DepositLineItems (DepositToAccount, ItemAccount, ItemAmount) SELECT DepositToAccount, ItemAccount, ItemAmount FROM DepositLineItems#TEMP

Following is an example to Insert with Transaction Id(ItemPaymentId)

INSERT INTO DepositLineItems (DepositToAccount, Date, ItemPaymentId) VALUES ('Petty Cash', '2022-06-21', '28D31-1702630754')

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format DepositId\|ItemLineId.
`DepositId`	`String`	False	Deposits.ID	255	The deposit identifier. Set this value when inserting values to an existing deposit, or leave it blank to add a new deposit.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`CashBackAccount`	`String`	False		1000	Account reference to the bank or credit card company.
`CashBackAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Account reference to the bank or credit card company.
`CashBackAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Cash-back amount.
`CashBackId`	`String`	True		255	Id of the cash back transaction.
`CashBackMemo`	`String`	False		5000	Additional info for the cash back transaction.
`DepositToAccount`	`String`	False		1000	Account to deposit funds to.
`DepositToAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Account to deposit funds to.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo to appear on internal reports only.
`TotalDeposit`	`Double`	True			The total of the deposit.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ItemAccount`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the account funds are being deposited to.
`ItemAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the account funds are being deposited to.
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The total amount of this deposit line item. This should be a positive number.
`ItemCheckNumber`	`String`	False		11	The check number for this deposit line item.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	Specifies the class of the deposit line item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	Specifies the class of the deposit line item.
`ItemEntityName`	`String`	False		209	An entity name for this deposit line item.
`ItemEntityId`	`String`	False		255	An entity ID for this deposit line item.
`ItemMemo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo for this deposit line item.
`ItemPaymentMethod`	`String`	False		31	The payment method (funding source) for this deposit line item. For example: cash, check, or Master Card.
`ItemPaymentMethodId`	`String`	False	PaymentMethods.ID	255	The payment method ID for this deposit line item
`ItemPaymentId`	`String`	False		255	The payment transaction ID for this deposit line item. A TxnID returned from a request can be used to refer to the transaction in subsequent requests. For example ReceivePayments.Id.
`ItemPaymentLineId`	`String`	False		255	The payment transaction line ID for this deposit line item.
`ItemRefId`	`String`	True		255	Identification number of the transaction associated with this deposit line.
`ItemTxnType`	`String`	True		100	Type of the transaction associated with this deposit line.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	The name of the currency for this deposit. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	The unique ID of the currency for this deposit. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the deposit was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the deposit was created.
`Payee`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the payee for the Check.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	The ID of the payee for the Check.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemPriceLevel`	`String`	Item price level name. QuickBooks will not return the price level.

Deposits

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Deposits. QBXMLVersion must be set to 7.0 or higher to update a deposit.

Table Specific Information

Deposits may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Deposits or DepositLineItems tables. Deposits may be deleted by using the Deposits table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Deposits are Id, DepositToAccount, and DepositToAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. For example:

SELECT * FROM Deposits WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011'

Insert

To add a Deposit, specify the DepositToAccount field and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the DepositLineItems table and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new Deposit with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO Deposits (DepositToAccount, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Checking', '<DepositLineItems>
<Row><ItemAccount>Undeposited Funds</ItemAccount><ItemAmount>12.25</ItemAmount></Row>
<Row><ItemAccount>Savings</ItemAccount><ItemAmount>155.35</ItemAmount></Row>
</DepositLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`CashBackAccount`	`String`	False		1000	Account reference to the bank or credit card company.
`CashBackAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Account reference to the bank or credit card company.
`CashBackAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Cash back amount.
`CashBackId`	`String`	True		255	Id of the cash back transaction.
`CashBackMemo`	`String`	False		5000	Additional info for the cash back transaction.
`DepositToAccount`	`String`	False		1000	Account to deposit funds to.
`DepositToAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Account to deposit funds to.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo to appear on internal reports only.
`TotalDeposit`	`Double`	True			The total of the deposit.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of line items.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a deposit and its line item data.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	The name of the currency for this deposit. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	The unique ID of the currency for this deposit. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the deposit was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the deposit was created.
`Payee`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the payee for the Check.
`PayeeId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	The ID of the payee for the Check.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.

EmployeeEarnings

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Employee Earnings.

Table Specific Information

The Ids for the EmployeeEarnings table operate a bit differently than Line Items. Unlike Line Items, QuickBooks does not return a unique ID for EmployeeEarnings. Instead, each EmployeeEarnings entry is returned in a specific order, and Employee Earnings entries can be updated in that order back to QuickBooks. To give the Employee Earnings unique Ids, we have appended the index number of each EmployeeEarnings entry to the Id. It will be up to the programmer to ensure that any modifications to Employee entries through the QuickBooks UI (or another application between a SELECT and an UPDATE call) are handled.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Employees are Id, Name, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM EmployeeEarnings WHERE Name LIKE '%George%' AND TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011'

Insert

To add an EmployeeEarnings entry, specify the EmployeeId field in the INSERT statement. If you instead specify the Employee Name, the connector will attempt to add a new Employee. For example:

INSERT INTO EmployeeEarnings (Name, EarningsWageName, EarningsRate) VALUES ('370000-933272659', 'Regular Pay', 21.32)

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format EmployeeId\|EmployeeEarningsId.
`Name`	`String`	True		255	The name of the employee.
`PayPeriod`	`String`	False		255	Indicates how often employees are paid The allowed values are Daily, Weekly, Biweekly, Semimonthly, Monthly, Quarterly, Yearly.
`EmployeeId`	`String`	False	Employees.ID	255	The ID of the employee. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`EarningsId`	`String`	True		255	The ID of the employee earnings entry.
`EarningsWageName`	`String`	False		31	The wage name. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`EarningsWageId`	`String`	False		255	A reference ID to the wage. Used for payroll.
`EarningsRate`	`Double`	False			Employee earnings rate. Used for payroll.
`EarningsRatePercent`	`String`	False			Employee earnings ratepercent. Used for payroll.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the item was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the item was created.

Employees

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Employees.

Table Specific Information

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Employees are Id, Name, TimeModified, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM Employees WHERE Name LIKE '%George%' AND TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the employee.
`Name`	`String`	False		100	The name of the employee. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`Salutation`	`String`	False		15	A salutation, such as Mr., Mrs., etc.
`FirstName`	`String`	False		25	The first name of the employee.
`MiddleInitial`	`String`	False		25	A middle name or middle initial of the employee.
`LastName`	`String`	False		25	The last name of the employee.
`JobTitle`	`String`	False		41	Job title of the employee. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher.
`AccountNumber`	`String`	False		99	The account number for this employee.
`SSN`	`String`	False		11	The social security number of the employee.
`EmployeeType`	`String`	False		13	The type of employee. The allowed values are Regular, Unspecified, Officer, Statutory, Owner.
`Gender`	`String`	False		12	The gender of the employee. Note that after inserting, this value cannot be updated. The allowed values are Unspecified, Male, Female.
`Address`	`String`	True			Full address returned by QuickBooks.
`Line1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the address.
`Line2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the address.
`City`	`String`	False		255	City name for the address.
`State`	`String`	False		255	State name for the address.
`PostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the address.
`AlternatePhone`	`String`	False		21	An alternate phone number for the employee.
`Email`	`String`	False		1023	The email address of the employee.
`PrintAs`	`String`	False		110	How the employee name should be printed.
`MobilePhone`	`String`	False		21	The mobile phone number of this employee.
`Pager`	`String`	False		21	The pager number of this employee.
`PagerPIN`	`String`	False		10	The personal identification number for the pager of this employee.
`Fax`	`String`	False		21	The fax number of this employee.
`BirthDate`	`Date`	False			The date of birth of this employee.
`USCitizen`	`String`	False		10	Indicates whether the Employee is a US Citizen. The allowed values are Unspecified, Yes, No.
`Ethnicity`	`String`	False		20	The Ethnicity of the Employee. The allowed values are Unspecified, AmericanIndian, Asian, Black, Hawaiian, Hispanic, White, TwoOrMoreRaces.
`Disabled`	`String`	False		10	Indicates whether the Employee is disabled The allowed values are Unspecified, Yes, No.
`DisabilityDescription`	`String`	False		25	A description of the disability.
`FormOnFile`	`String`	False		10	Indicates whether the I-9 Form is on file. The allowed values are Unspecified, Yes, No.
`USVeteran`	`String`	False		10	Indicates whether the Employee is a US Veteran. The allowed values are Unspecified, Yes, No.
`MilitaryStatus`	`String`	False		10	The current military status of the Employee. The allowed values are Unspecified, Active, Reserve.
`HiredDate`	`Date`	False			The date the employee was hired.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			This property indicates whether this object is currently enabled for use by QuickBooks.
`Notes`	`String`	False		5000	This property may contain any notes you wish to make concerning the transaction.
`PayPeriod`	`String`	False		13	Indicates how often employees are paid. The allowed values are NotSet, Daily, Weekly, Biweekly, Semimonthly, Monthly, Quarterly, Yearly.
`PayrollClassName`	`String`	False		159	A reference to the class into which this employee payroll falls. Id/Name Reference Properties.
`PayrollClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	1000	A reference to the class into which this employee payroll falls. Id/Name Reference Properties.
`Phone`	`String`	False		21	The phone number of the employee.
`ReleasedDate`	`Date`	False			The date the employee was released (if he/she was released).
`TimeDataForPaychecks`	`String`	False		18	Indicates whether time data is used to create paychecks for this employee. The allowed values are NotSet, UseTimeData, DoNotUseTimeData.
`SickTimeAccrualPeriod`	`String`	False		19	Sick-time hours accrual period. The allowed values are BeginningOfYear, EveryHourOnPaycheck, EveryPaycheck.
`SickTimeAccrualStartDate`	`Date`	False			Sick-time accrual start date. The minimum QBXMLVersion is 5.0. The standard formatting for dates is YYYY-MM-DD; e.g., September 2, 2002 is formatted as 2002-09-02.
`SickTimeAccrued`	`String`	False		30	Sick-time hours accrued. Time is represented in hours followed by minutes, with the character ':' (colon) separating them. For instance, two hours and thirty minutes is represented as '2:30'. Seconds are not supported. The integrated application has no permission to access personal data. The QuickBooks administrator can grant permission to access personal data through the Integrated Application preferences.
`SickTimeAvailable`	`String`	False		30	Sick-time hours available. Time is represented in hours followed by minutes, with the character ':' (colon) separating them. For instance, two hours and thirty minutes is represented as '2:30'. Seconds are not supported. The integrated application has no permission to access personal data. The QuickBooks administrator can grant permission to access personal data through the Integrated Application preferences.
`SickTimeMaximum`	`String`	False		30	Sick-time maximum hours. Time is represented in hours followed by minutes, with the character ':' (colon) separating them. For instance, two hours and thirty minutes is represented as '2:30'. Seconds are not supported
`SickTimeYearlyReset`	`Boolean`	False			Sick-time hours resets each year. Default false.
`SickTimeUsed`	`String`	False		30	Sick-time hours used. Time is represented in hours followed by minutes, with the character ':' (colon) separating them. For instance, two hours and thirty minutes is represented as '2:30'. Seconds are not supported. Minimum QBXMLVersion '5.0'.
`VacationTimeAccrualPeriod`	`String`	False		19	Vacation-time hours accrual period. The allowed values are BeginningOfYear, EveryHourOnPaycheck, EveryPaycheck.
`VacationTimeAccrualStartDate`	`Date`	False			Vacation-time accrual start date. Minimum QBXMLVersion '5.0'. The standard formatting for dates is YYYY-MM-DD; i.e., September 2, 2002 is formatted as 2002-09-02.
`VacationTimeAccrued`	`String`	False		30	Vacation-time hours accrued. Time is represented in hours followed by minutes, with the character ':' (colon) separating them. For instance, two hours and thirty minutes is represented as '2:30'. Seconds are not supported.
`VacationTimeAvailable`	`String`	False		30	Vacation-time hours available. Time is represented in hours followed by minutes, with the character ':' (colon) separating them. For instance, two hours and thirty minutes is represented as '2:30'. Seconds are not supported.
`VacationTimeMaximum`	`String`	False		30	Vacation-time maximum hours. Time is represented in hours followed by minutes, with the character ':' (colon) separating them. For instance, two hours and thirty minutes is represented as '2:30'. Seconds are not supported.
`VacationTimeYearlyReset`	`Boolean`	False			Vacation-time hours resets each year. Default false.
`VacationTimeUsed`	`String`	False		30	Vacation-time hours used. Time is represented in hours followed by minutes, with the character ':' (colon) separating them. For instance, two hours and thirty minutes is represented as '2:30'. Seconds are not supported. Minimum QBXMLVersion '5.0'.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	A string indicating the revision of the employee record.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the employee record was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the employee record was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`OpeningBalance`	`String`	The opening balance of the account (by default 0). Note that this property is used only when adding new accounts to QuickBooks.
`OpeningDate`	`String`	The opening balance date of the account. Note that this property is used only when adding new accounts to QuickBooks.

EstimateLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Estimate Line Items.

Table Specific Information

Estimates may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Estimates or EstimateLineItems tables. Estimates may be deleted by using the Estimates table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Estimates are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, CustomerName, and CustomerId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM EstimateLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add an Estimate, specify a Customer and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new Estimate transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Estimate with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO EstimateLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO EstimateLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO EstimateLineItems (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM EstimateLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format EstimateId\|ItemLineId.
`EstimateId`	`String`	False	Estimates.ID	255	The unique identifier of the estimate.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	Customer name this transaction is recorded under. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	Customer ID this transaction is recorded under. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Transaction date.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo regarding this transaction.
`TotalAmount`	`Double`	True			Total amount for this transaction.
`ItemLineID`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemName`	`String`	False			The item name.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The item identifier.
`ItemGroup`	`String`	False		100	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemGroupId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	Item group Id. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemDescription`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`ItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the item's available units. If the company file is enabled only for single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`ItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line.
`ItemRate`	`Double`	False			The unit rate charged for this item.
`ItemRatePercent`	`Double`	False			The rate percent charged for this item.
`ItemTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ItemTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax ID for this tax item.
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this item.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	The class name of the item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The class name of the item.
`ItemInventorySiteId`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteName`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	31	The inventory site name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemMarkupRate`	`Double`	False			Item markup rate, to be applied over the base purchase cost.
`ItemMarkupRatePercent`	`Double`	False			Item markup rate percent, to be applied over the base purchase cost.
`ItemOther1`	`String`	False		29	The Other1 field of this line item. QBXMLVersion must be set to 6.0 or higher.
`ItemOther2`	`String`	False		29	The Other2 field of this line item. QBXMLVersion must be set to 6.0 or higher.
`ItemCustomFields`	`String`	False			The custom fields for this line item.
`ItemUOMSetFullName`	`String`	False		1000	Indicates the price of something as a percent.
`ItemUOMSetListID`	`String`	False	UnitOfMeasure.ID	1000	Indicates the price of something as a percent.
`ItemIsGetPrintItemsInGroup`	`String`	False		1000	If true, a list of this group's individual items their amounts will appear on printed forms.
`Message`	`String`	False		101	Message to the customer.
`MessageId`	`String`	False	CustomerMessages.ID	1000	Message to the customer.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`SalesRep`	`String`	False		5	Reference to (initials of) the sales rep.
`SalesRepId`	`String`	False	SalesReps.ID	255	Reference to (initials of) the sales rep.
`FOB`	`String`	False		13	Freight on board: The place to ship from.
`BillingAddress`	`String`	True			Full billing address returned by QuickBooks.
`BillingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the billing address.
`BillingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the billing address.
`BillingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the billing address.
`BillingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the billing address.
`BillingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the billing address.
`BillingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the billing address.
`BillingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the billing address.
`BillingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the billing address.
`BillingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the billing address.
`BillingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the billing address.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`Subtotal`	`Double`	True			Gross subtotal. This does not include tax/amount already paid.
`Tax`	`Double`	True			Total sales tax applied to this transaction.
`TaxItem`	`String`	False		100	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxItemId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxPercent`	`Double`	True			Percentage charged for sales tax.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Whether or not the estimate is active.
`IsToBeEmailed`	`Boolean`	False			Whether or not this email is to be emailed.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`PONumber`	`String`	False		25	The purchase order number.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	A reference to terms of payment, predefined within QuickBooks.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	A reference to terms of payment, predefined within QuickBooks.
`Template`	`String`	False		100	The name of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`TemplateId`	`String`	False	Templates.ID	255	The ID of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`CustomerSalesTaxName`	`String`	False		3	Reference to sales tax information for the customer.
`CustomerSalesTaxId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Reference to sales tax information for the customer.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Indicates the exchange rate for the transaction.
`DueDate`	`Date`	True			Date when credit is due.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit memo was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the credit memo was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemPriceLevel`	`String`	Item price level name. QuickBooks will not return the price level.
`ItemOverrideAccount`	`String`	The Account Name used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.
`ItemOverrideAccountId`	`String`	The Account ID used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.

Estimates

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Estimates.

Table Specific Information

Estimates may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Estimates or EstimateLineItems tables. Estimates may be deleted by using the Estimates table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Estimates are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, and CustomerId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM Estimates WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add an Estimate, specify a Customer and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the EstimateLineItems table and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new Estimate with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO Estimates (CustomerName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy',
'<EstimateLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</EstimateLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	Customer name this transaction is recorded under. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	Customer ID this transaction is recorded under. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Transaction date.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo regarding this transaction.
`TotalAmount`	`Decimal`	True			Total amount for this transaction.
`Message`	`String`	False		101	Message to the customer.
`MessageId`	`String`	False	CustomerMessages.ID	255	Message to the customer.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`SalesRep`	`String`	False		5	Reference to (initials of) the sales rep.
`SalesRepId`	`String`	False	SalesReps.ID	255	Reference to (ID of) the sales rep.
`FOB`	`String`	False		13	Freight on board: The place to ship from.
`BillingAddress`	`String`	True			Full billing address returned by QuickBooks.
`BillingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the billing address.
`BillingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the billing address.
`BillingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the billing address.
`BillingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the billing address.
`BillingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the billing address.
`BillingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the billing address.
`BillingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the billing address.
`BillingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the billing address.
`BillingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the billing address.
`BillingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the billing address.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address. Requires QBBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`Subtotal`	`Decimal`	True			Gross subtotal. This does not include tax/amount already paid.
`Tax`	`Double`	True			Total sales tax applied to this transaction.
`TaxItem`	`String`	False		100	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxItemId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxPercent`	`Double`	True			Percentage charged for sales tax.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Whether or not the estimate is active.
`IsToBeEmailed`	`Boolean`	False			Whether or not this email is to be emailed.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`PONumber`	`String`	False		25	The purchase order number.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	A reference to the terms of payment, predefined within QuickBooks.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	A reference to the terms of payment, predefined within QuickBooks.
`Template`	`String`	False		100	The name of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`TemplateId`	`String`	False	Templates.ID	255	The ID of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`CustomerSalesTaxName`	`String`	False		3	Reference to sales tax information for the customer.
`CustomerSalesTaxId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Reference to sales tax information for the customer.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Indicates the exchange rate for the transaction.
`DueDate`	`Date`	True			Date when credit is due.
`Other`	`String`	False		29	Other data associated with the estimate.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			A count of the line items.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a estimates and its line item data.
`TransactionCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of related transactions to the estimates.
`TransactionAggregate`	`String`	True		5000	An aggregate of the linked transaction data.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the estimate was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the estimate was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.

InventoryAdjustmentLineItems

Create and query QuickBooks Inventory Adjustment Line Items.

Table Specific Information

InventoryAdjustments may be inserted, queried, or deleted via the InventoryAdjustments or InventoryAdjustmentLineItems tables. InventoryAdjustments may be deleted by using the InventoryAdjustments table.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for InventoryAdjustments are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, Account, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM InventoryAdjustmentLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add an InventoryAdjustment, specify an Account and at least one Line Item. To add a Line Item, either the ItemName or ItemId is required, as well as either ItemNewQuantity, ItemNewValue, or ItemQuantityDiff. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new InventoryAdjustment transaction. For example, the following will insert a new InventoryAdjustment with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO InventoryAdjustmentLineItems#TEMP (Account, ItemName, ItemNewQuantity) VALUES ('Cost of Good Sold', 'Wood Door:Exterior', 100)
INSERT INTO InventoryAdjustmentLineItems#TEMP (Account, ItemName, ItemNewQuantity) VALUES ('Cost of Good Sold', 'Wood Door:Interior', 200)
INSERT INTO InventoryAdjustmentLineItems (Account, ItemName, ItemNewQuantity) SELECT Account, ItemName, ItemNewQuantity FROM InventoryAdjustmentLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format InventoryAdjustmentId\|ItemLineId.
`InventoryAdjustmentID`	`String`	True	InventoryAdjustments.ID	255	The unique identifier for the Inventory Adjustment.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`Account`	`String`	False		1000	The account the inventory adjustment is associated with. Either Account or AccountId is required on insert.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The account the inventory adjustment is associated with. Either Account or AccountId is required on insert.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class for the inventory adjustment.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class for the inventory adjustment.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer on the inventory adjustment.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer on the inventory adjustment.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo regarding this transaction.
`InventorySite`	`String`	False		31	The name of the inventory site for the transaction.
`InventorySiteId`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	255	The ID of the inventory site for the transaction.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	False		255	The line ID of the item.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemName`	`String`	False			The item name. Either ItemName or ItemId is required on an insert.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The item identifier. Either ItemName or ItemId is required on an insert.
`ItemNewQuantity`	`Double`	False			The new quantity for this adjustment. Used on only insert. There is no response value.
`ItemNewValue`	`Double`	False			New value of this adjustment. Used on only insert. There is no response value.
`ItemQuantityDiff`	`Double`	False			The change in quantity for this adjustment.
`ItemValueDiff`	`Double`	False			The change in total value for this adjustment.
`ItemLotNumber`	`String`	False		40	The lot number for this adjustment. This field requires QBXML Version 11.0.
`ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True		1099	The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 16.0.
`ItemSerialNumber`	`String`	False		4095	The serial number for this adjustment. This field requires QBXML Version 11.0
`ItemSerialNumberAddedOrRemoved`	`String`	False			Whether the serial number for this adjustment was added or removed. This field requires QBXML Version 11.0 The allowed values are Added, Removed.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationId`	`String`	False		255	The site location for this adjustment. This field requires QBXML Version 12.0.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationName`	`String`	False			The site location for this adjustment. This field requires QBXML Version 12.0.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True			An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the inventory adjustment was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the inventory adjustment was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`LinkToTxnId`	`String`	Link this transaction to another transaction. This is available during only inserts and requires a minimum QBXML Version 6.0

InventoryAdjustments

Create, query, and delete QuickBooks Inventory Adjustments.

Table Specific Information

InventoryAdjustments may be inserted, queried, or deleted via the InventoryAdjustments or InventoryAdjustmentLineItems tables. InventoryAdjustments may be deleted by using the InventoryAdjustments table.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for InventoryAdjustments are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, Account, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM InventoryAdjustments WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add an InventoryAdjustment, specify an Account and at least one Line Item. To add a Line Item, either the ItemName or the ItemId is required, as well as either ItemNewQuantity, ItemNewValue, ItemQuantityDiff, or ItemValueDiff. The ItemAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the InventoryAdjustmentLineItems tables and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new InventoryAdjustment with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO InventoryAdjustments (Account, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Cost of Good Sold', '<InventoryAdjustmentLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Wood Door:Exterior</ItemName><ItemNewQuantity>100</ItemNewQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Wood Door:Interior</ItemName><ItemNewQuantity>200</ItemNewQuantity></Row>
</InventoryAdjustmentLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`Account`	`String`	False		1000	The account the inventory adjustment is associated with. Either Account or AccountId is required on insert.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The account the inventory adjustment is associated with. Either Account or AccountId is required on insert.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class for the inventory adjustment.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class for the inventory adjustment.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer on the inventory adjustment.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer on the inventory adjustment.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo regarding this transaction.
`InventorySite`	`String`	False		31	The name of the inventory site for the transaction.
`InventorySiteId`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	255	The ID of the inventory site for the transaction.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The number of line items for the inventory adjustment.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the Line Item data which can be used for adding an inventory adjustment and its line item data.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True			An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the inventory adjustment was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the inventory adjustment was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions or updates.

InventorySites

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Inventory Sites. Inventory Sites are only available in QuickBooks Enterprise 2010 and above, and only with the Advanced Inventory add-on.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The ID of the inventory site.
`Name`	`String`	False	31	Name of the inventory site.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Whether or not the inventory site is active.
`SiteDesc`	`String`	False	100	A description of the inventory site.
`Contact`	`String`	False	41	Contact for the inventory site.
`Phone`	`String`	False	21	Phone number for the inventory site.
`Fax`	`String`	False	21	Fax number for the inventory site.
`Email`	`String`	False	1023	Email address for the inventory site.
`SiteAddress_Addr1`	`String`	False	500	First line of the address.
`SiteAddress_Addr2`	`String`	False	500	Second line of the address.
`SiteAddress_Addr3`	`String`	False	500	Third line of the address.
`SiteAddress_Addr4`	`String`	False	500	Fourth line of the address.
`SiteAddress_Addr5`	`String`	False	41	Fifth line of the address.
`SiteAddress_City`	`String`	False	255	City portion of the address.
`SiteAddress_State`	`String`	False	255	State portion of the address.
`SiteAddress_PostalCode`	`String`	False	30	Postal Code portion of the address.
`SiteAddress_Country`	`String`	False	255	Country portion of the address.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True	16	A string indicating the revision of the inventory site.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The time the inventory site was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The time the inventory site was modified.
`IsDefaultSite`	`Boolean`	True		Boolean indicating if the inventory site is the default site for the company.

InvoiceLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Invoice Line Items.

Table Specific Information

Invoices may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Invoices or InvoiceLineItems tables. Invoices may be deleted by using the Invoices table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Invoices are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, IsPaid, Account, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM InvoiceLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add an Invoice, specify a Customer and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new Invoice transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Invoice with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM InvoiceLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format InvoiceId\|ItemLineId.
`InvoiceId`	`String`	False	Invoices.ID		The unique identifier of the Invoice.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer on the invoice. Either CustomerName or CustomerId must have a value when inserting.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer on the invoice. Alternatively give this field a value when inserting instead of CustomerName.
`Account`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`ShipMethod`	`String`	False		1000	The shipping method associated with the invoice.
`ShipMethodId`	`String`	False	ShippingMethods.ID	255	The shipping method associated with the invoice.
`ShipDate`	`Date`	False			The shipping date associated with the invoice.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo regarding this transaction.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			The total amount for this invoice.
`Message`	`String`	False		101	A message to the vendor or customer to appear in the invoice.
`MessageId`	`String`	False	CustomerMessages.ID	255	A message to vendor or customer to appear in the invoice.
`SalesRep`	`String`	False		5	A reference to the (initials of) sales rep.
`SalesRepId`	`String`	False	SalesReps.ID	255	A reference to the sales rep.
`FOB`	`String`	False		13	Freight on board: The place to ship from.
`BillingAddress`	`String`	True			Full billing address returned by QuickBooks.
`BillingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the billing address.
`BillingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the billing address.
`BillingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the billing address.
`BillingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the billing address.
`BillingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the billing address.
`BillingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the billing address.
`BillingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the billing address.
`BillingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the billing address.
`BillingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the billing address.
`BillingNote`	`String`	False		41	A note for the billing address.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	A note for the shipping address.
`Subtotal`	`Decimal`	True			The gross subtotal of the invoice. This does not include tax or amount already paid.
`Tax`	`Double`	True			The total sales tax applied to this transaction.
`TaxItem`	`String`	False		100	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxItemId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxPercent`	`Double`	True			The percentage charged for sales tax.
`PONumber`	`String`	False		25	The purchase order number.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			The date when payment is due.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	The payment terms.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	The payment terms.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	True			The line item identifier.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemName`	`String`	False		1000	The item name.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The item identifier.
`ItemGroup`	`String`	False		100	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemGroupId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	Item group Id. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemDescription`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`ItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the item's available units. If the company file is enabled only for single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`ItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line.
`ItemRate`	`Double`	False			The unit rate charged for this item.
`ItemRatePercent`	`Double`	False			The rate precent charged for this item.
`ItemTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ItemTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax information for this item.
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this item.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	The class name of the item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The class name of the item.
`ItemServiceDate`	`Date`	False			The service date for the item if the item is a type of service.
`ItemInventorySiteId`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	31	The inventory site ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationId`	`String`	False		31	The inventory site location ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site location name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemSerialNumber`	`String`	False		5000	The serial number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemLotNumber`	`String`	False		40	The lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True		1099	The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. It is supported from QB Desktop 2023 version 3 (USA & Canada) and SDK 16.0.
`ItemOther1`	`String`	False		29	The Other1 field of this line item. QBXMLVersion must be set to 6.0 or higher.
`ItemOther2`	`String`	False		29	The Other2 field of this line item. QBXMLVersion must be set to 6.0 or higher.
`ItemCustomFields`	`String`	False			The custom fields for this line item.
`ItemUOMSetFullName`	`String`	False		1000	Indicates the price of something as a percent.
`ItemUOMSetListID`	`String`	False	UnitOfMeasure.ID	1000	Indicates the price of something as a percent.
`ItemIsGetPrintItemsInGroup`	`String`	False		1000	If true, a list of this group's individual items their amounts will appear on printed forms.
`AppliedAmount`	`Decimal`	True			The total amount of applied credits and payments.
`Balance`	`Decimal`	False			The unpaid amount for this sale.
`CustomerTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	The tax code specific to this customer.
`CustomerTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	The tax code specific to this customer.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this invoice is to be printed.
`IsToBeEmailed`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this invoice is to be emailed.
`IsPaid`	`Boolean`	True			Whether this invoice has been paid in full.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount.
`IsPending`	`Boolean`	False			The transaction status (whether this transaction has been completed or it is still pending).
`IsFinanceCharge`	`String`	False		16	Whether this invoice includes a finance charge. The allowed values are NotSet, IsFinanceCharge, NotFinanceCharge. The default value is NotSet.
`Template`	`String`	False		100	A reference to a template specifying how to print the transaction.
`TemplateId`	`String`	False	Templates.ID	255	A reference to a template specifying how to print the transaction.
`SuggestedDiscountAmount`	`Decimal`	False			A suggested discount amount for the invoice.
`SuggestedDiscountDate`	`Date`	False			A suggested discount date for the invoice.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Currency exchange rate for this invoice.
`BalanceInHomeCurrency`	`Double`	False			Balance remaining in units of the home currency.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	Name of the currency code used for this invoice.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	1000	Id of the currency code used for this invoice.
`Other`	`String`	False		29	Other data associated with the invoice. The QBXMLVersion connection property must be set to 6.0 for this field to be available.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the invoice was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the invoice was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`LinkToTxnId`	`String`	Link this transaction to another transaction. This is only available during inserts and requires a minimum QBXML Version 6.0.
`SetCreditAggregate`	`String`	Apply multiple credit Memos to this transaction. This is only available during inserts and updates requires a minimum QBXML Version 10.0
`ItemLinkToTxnId`	`String`	Link this individual line item to another transaction. This is only available during inserts and requires a minimum QBXML Version 6.0
`ItemLinkToTxnLineId`	`String`	Link this individual line item to another transaction line item. This is only available during inserts and requires a minimum QBXML Version 6.0.
`ItemOverrideAccount`	`String`	The Account Name used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.
`ItemOverrideAccountId`	`String`	The Account ID used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.

Invoices

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Invoices.

Table Specific Information

Invoices may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Invoices or InvoiceLineItems tables. Invoices may be deleted by using the Invoices table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Invoices are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, IsPaid, Account, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM Invoices WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add an Invoice, specify a Customer and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the InvoiceLineItems tables and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new Invoice with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO Invoices (CustomerName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', '<InvoiceLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</InvoiceLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer on the invoice. Either CustomerName or CustomerId must have a value when inserting.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer on the invoice. Alternatively give this field a value when inserting instead of CustomerName.
`Account`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`ShipMethod`	`String`	False		1000	The shipping method associated with the invoice.
`ShipMethodId`	`String`	False	ShippingMethods.ID	255	The shipping method associated with the invoice.
`ShipDate`	`Date`	False			The shipping date associated with the invoice.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo regarding this transaction.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			The total amount for this invoice.
`Message`	`String`	False		101	A message to vendor or customer to appear in the invoice.
`MessageId`	`String`	False	CustomerMessages.ID	255	A message to vendor or customer to appear in the invoice.
`SalesRep`	`String`	False		5	A reference to the (initials of) sales rep.
`SalesRepId`	`String`	False	SalesReps.ID	255	A reference to the sales rep.
`FOB`	`String`	False		13	Freight on board: The place to ship from.
`BillingAddress`	`String`	True			Full billing address returned by QuickBooks.
`BillingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the billing address.
`BillingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the billing address.
`BillingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the billing address.
`BillingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the billing address.
`BillingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the billing address.
`BillingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the billing address.
`BillingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the billing address.
`BillingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the billing address.
`BillingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the billing address.
`BillingNote`	`String`	False		41	A note for the billing address.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	A note for the shipping address.
`Subtotal`	`Decimal`	True			The gross subtotal of the invoice. This does not include tax or the amount already paid.
`Tax`	`Double`	True			The total sales tax applied to this transaction.
`TaxItem`	`String`	False		100	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxItemId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxPercent`	`Double`	True			The percentage charged for sales tax.
`POnumber`	`String`	False		25	The purchase order number.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			The date when payment is due.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	The payment terms.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	The payment terms.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of item entries for this transaction.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a invoices and its line item data.
`TransactionCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of related transactions to the invoice.
`TransactionAggregate`	`String`	True		5000	An aggregate of the linked transaction data.
`AppliedAmount`	`Decimal`	True			The total amount of applied credits and payments.
`Balance`	`Decimal`	False			The unpaid amount for this sale.
`CustomerTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	The tax code specific to this customer.
`CustomerTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	The tax code specific to this customer.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this invoice is to be printed.
`IsToBeEmailed`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this invoice is to be emailed.
`IsPaid`	`Boolean`	True			Whether this invoice has been paid in full.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount.
`IsPending`	`Boolean`	False			The transaction status (whether this transaction has been completed or it is still pending).
`IsFinanceCharge`	`String`	False		16	Whether this invoice includes a finance charge. The allowed values are NotSet, IsFinanceCharge, NotFinanceCharge. The default value is NotSet.
`Template`	`String`	False		100	A reference to a template specifying how to print the transaction.
`TemplateId`	`String`	False	Templates.ID	255	A reference to a template specifying how to print the transaction.
`SuggestedDiscountAmount`	`Decimal`	False			A suggested discount amount for the invoice.
`SuggestedDiscountDate`	`Date`	False			A suggested discount date for the invoice.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Currency exchange rate for this invoice.
`BalanceInHomeCurrency`	`Double`	False			Balance remaining in units of the home currency.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	Name of the currency code used for this invoice.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	1000	Id of the currency code used for this invoice.
`Other`	`String`	False		29	Other data associated with the invoice. The QBXMLVersion connection property must be set to 6.0 for this field to be available.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the invoice was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the invoice was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions or updates.
`LinkToTxnId`	`String`	Link this transaction to another transaction. This is only available during inserts and requires a minimum QBXML Version 6.0
`SetCreditAggregate`	`String`	Apply multiple credit Memos to this transaction. This is only available during inserts and updates requires a minimum QBXML Version 10.0

ItemLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Item Line Items.

Table Specific Information

Item Line Items may be inserted, deleted, and updated via the ItemLineItems table. Item Line Items refer to the Line Items associated with item groups, inventory assemblies, or sales tax groups.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Items are Id, TimeModified, Name, Type, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM ItemLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Name LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a Line Item, specify the ItemId or Assembly ID columns of the Item Group or Assembly you want to add the Line Item to when making the insertion. For example:

INSERT INTO ItemLineItems (ItemId, LineItemName, LineItemQuantity) VALUES ('430001-1071511103|130000-933272656', 'Hardware:Doorknobs Std', 1)

To insert a new Inventory Assembly, Item Group, or Sales Tax Group with Line Items, provide the Name and Type columns and at least one Line Item. For example:

INSERT INTO ItemLineItems#TEMP (Name, Type, LineItemName, LineItemQuantity) VALUES ('MyItemGroup', 'ItemGroup', 'Hardware:Doorknobs Std', 1)
INSERT INTO ItemLineItems#TEMP (Name, Type, LineItemName, LineItemQuantity) VALUES ('MyItemGroup', 'ItemGroup', 'Cabinets', 2)
INSERT INTO ItemLineItems (Name, Type, LineItemName, LineItemQuantity) SELECT Name, Type, LineItemName, LineItemQuantity FROM ItemLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format ItemId\|ItemLineNumber.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The unique identifier for the inventory assembly or group item.
`Name`	`String`	False		100	The name of the inventory assembly or group.
`FullName`	`String`	True		1000	Full item name in the format parentname:name if the item is a subitem).
`Type`	`String`	False		100	The type of item. This is required to have a value when inserting. The default value is ALL.
`Barcode`	`String`	False			Barcode for the item.
`Account`	`String`	False		1000	Account name the inventory assembly or group is associated with.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Account ID the inventory assembly or group is associated with.
`COGSAccount`	`String`	False		1000	Cost of Goods Sold account for the inventory assembly or group.
`COGSAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Cost of Goods Sold account for the inventory assembly or group.
`AssetAccount`	`String`	False		1000	Inventory asset account for the inventory assembly or group if it is an inventory item.
`AssetAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Inventory asset account for the inventory assembly or group if it is an inventory item.
`LineItemNumber`	`Integer`	False			The line item number.
`LineItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The line item identifier. Either LineItemId or LineItemName need to have a value when inserting.
`LineItemName`	`String`	False			The line item name. Either LineItemId or LineItemName need to have a value when inserting.
`LineItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The line item quantity.
`LineItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False			The line item UnitOfMeasure.
`ParentName`	`String`	False			The parent name of the inventory assembly or group if the inventory assembly or group is a subitem.
`ParentId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The parent ID of the inventory assembly or group if the inventory assembly or group is a subitem.
`Description`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the inventory assembly or group.
`Price`	`Double`	False			The price for the inventory assembly or group.
`AverageCost`	`Double`	True			The average cost of the inventory assembly or group.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Whether the inventory assembly or group is active or not.
`PurchaseCost`	`Double`	False			Purchase cost for the inventory assembly or group.
`PurchaseDescription`	`String`	False		5000	Purchase description for the inventory assembly or group.
`PreferredVendor`	`String`	False		1000	Preferred vendor for the inventory assembly or group.
`PreferredVendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Preferred vendor for the inventory assembly or group.
`TaxCode`	`String`	False		3	This is a reference to a sales tax code predefined within QuickBooks.
`TaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	This is a reference to a sales tax code predefined within QuickBooks.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the inventory assembly or group was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the inventory assembly or group was created.

ItemReceiptExpenseItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Item Receipt Expense Line Items.

Table Specific Information

ItemReceipts may be inserted, queried, or updated via the ItemReceipts, ItemReceiptExpenseItems, or ItemReceiptLineItems tables. ItemReceipts may be deleted by using the ItemReceipts table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ItemReceipts are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, Payee, PayeeId, VendorName, VendorId, Account, AccountId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. VendorName and ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM ItemReceipts WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND VendorName LIKE '%Patton Hardware Supplies%' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '12345%'

Insert

To add an ItemReceipt, specify the Vendor, Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Expense Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Expense Line Items for a new ItemReceipt transaction. For example, the following will insert a new ItemReceipt with two Expense Line Items:

INSERT INTO ItemReceiptExpenseItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('Patton Hardware Supplies', '1/1/2011', 'Utilities:Telephone', 52.25)
INSERT INTO ItemReceiptExpenseItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('Patton Hardware Supplies', '1/1/2011', 'Professional Fees:Accounting', 235.87)
INSERT INTO ItemReceiptExpenseItems (VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) SELECT VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount FROM ItemReceiptExpenseItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format ItemReceiptId\|ExpenseLineId.
`ItemReceiptId`	`String`	False	ItemReceipts.ID	255	The item identifier for the item receipt. This is obtained from the ItemReceipts table.
`VendorName`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the vendor. Either VendorName or VendorId must be specified when inserting an item receipt.
`VendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	The unique ID of the vendor. Either VendorName or VendorId must be specified when inserting an item receipt.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The transaction date.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the name of the account the item receipt is payable to.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the unique ID of the account the item receipt is payable to.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo regarding the item receipt.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Total amount of the item receipt.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ExpenseLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ExpenseLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The expense line number.
`ExpenseAccount`	`String`	False		1000	The account name for this expense line. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`ExpenseAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The account ID for this expense line. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`ExpenseAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The total amount of this expense line.
`ExpenseBillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	The billing status of this expense line. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED. The default value is EMPTY.
`ExpenseCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	The customer associated with this expense line.
`ExpenseCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The customer associated with this expense line.
`ExpenseClass`	`String`	False		1000	The class name of this expense.
`ExpenseClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The class ID of this expense.
`ExpenseTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	A reference to the name of the sales tax code associated with this expense item. Only available in QuickBooks UK and CA editions.
`ExpenseTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	A reference to the ID of the sales tax code associated with this expense item. Only available in QuickBooks UK and CA editions.
`ExpenseCustomFields`	`String`	True			The custom fields for this expense item.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the item receipt was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the item receipt was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`LinkToTxnId`	`String`	The ID of a transaction to link the new item receipt to. This should be a purchase order Id. Only available on an insert.

ItemReceiptLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Item Receipt Line Items.

Table Specific Information

ItemReceipts may be inserted, queried, or updated via the ItemReceipts, ItemReceiptExpenseItems, or ItemReceiptLineItems tables. ItemReceipts may be deleted by using the ItemReceipts table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. Typically, These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ItemReceipts are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, VendorId, Payee, PayeeId, Account, AccountId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. VendorName and ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM ItemReceipts WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND VendorName LIKE '%Patton Hardware Supplies%' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '12345%'

Insert

To add an ItemReceipt, specify the Vendor, Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. To create LineItems, you must insert data in a temporary table called 'LineItems#TEMP'. For example, the following will insert a new ItemReceipt with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO ItemReceiptLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Patton Hardware Supplies', '1/1/2011', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO ItemReceiptLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Patton Hardware Supplies', '1/1/2011', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO ItemReceiptLineItems (VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT FROM VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity ItemReceiptLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format ItemReceiptId\|ItemLineId.
`ItemReceiptId`	`String`	False	ItemReceipts.ID	255	The item identifier for the item receipt. This is obtained from the ItemReceipt table.
`VendorName`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the vendor. Either VendorName or VendorId must be specified when inserting an item receipt.
`VendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	The unique ID of the vendor. Either VendorName or VendorId must be specified when inserting an item receipt.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The transaction date.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the name of the account the item receipt is payable to.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the unique ID of the account the item receipt is payable to.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo regarding the item receipt.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Total amount of the item receipt.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemName`	`String`	False			The item name.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The item Id.
`ItemGroup`	`String`	False		100	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemGroupId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	Item group Id. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemDescription`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`ItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line.
`ItemTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	The name of the sales tax code for the line item. Only available in UK and CA editions of QuickBooks.
`ItemTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	The ID of the sales tax code for the line item. Only available in UK and CA editions of QuickBooks.
`ItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the item's available units. If the company file is enabled only for single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`ItemInventorySiteId`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteName`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	31	The inventory site name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationId`	`String`	False		255	The site location for this item. This field requires QBXML Version 12.0.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationName`	`String`	False			The site location for this item. This field requires QBXML Version 12.0.
`ItemSerialNumber`	`String`	False		255	The serial number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemLotNumber`	`String`	False		40	The lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True		1099	The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. It is supported from QB Desktop 2023 version 3 (USA & Canada) and SDK 16.0.
`ItemCost`	`Double`	False			The unit cost for an item.
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this item.
`ItemBillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	Billing status of the item. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED. The default value is EMPTY.
`ItemCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer who ordered the item.
`ItemCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer who ordered the item.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	The name for the class of the item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The ID for the class of the item.
`ItemCustomFields`	`String`	False			The custom fields for this lineitem.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the item receipt was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the item receipt was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`LinkToTxnId`	`String`	The ID of a transaction to link the new item receipt to. This should be a purchase order Id. Only available on an insert.
`ItemLinkToTxnId`	`String`	Link this individual line item to another transaction. This is only available during inserts and requires a minimum QBXML Version 6.0
`ItemLinkToTxnLineId`	`String`	Link this individual line item to another transaction line item. This is only available during inserts and requires a minimum QBXML Version 6.0
`ItemOverrideAccount`	`String`	The Account Name used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.
`ItemOverrideAccountId`	`String`	The Account ID used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.

ItemReceipts

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Item Receipts.

Table Specific Information

ItemReceipts may be inserted, queried, or updated via the ItemReceipts, ItemReceiptExpenseItems or ItemReceiptLineItems tables. ItemReceipts may be deleted by using the ItemReceipts table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ItemReceipts are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, VendorId, Payee, PayeeId, Account, AccountId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. VendorName and ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM ItemReceipts WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND VendorName LIKE '%Patton Hardware Supplies%' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '12345%'

Insert

To add an ItemReceipt, specify the Vendor, Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. The ItemAggregate and ExpenseAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item or Expense Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the ItemReceiptLineItems and ItemReceiptExpenseItems tables and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new ItemReceipt with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO ItemReceipts (VendorName, Date, ItemAggregate) VALUES ('Patton Hardware Supplies', '1/1/2011',
'<ItemReceiptLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</ItemReceiptLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`VendorName`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the vendor. Either VendorName or VendorId must be specified when inserting an item receipt.
`VendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	The unique ID of the vendor. Either VendorName or VendorId must be specified when inserting an item receipt.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The transaction date.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	1000	A reference to the name of the account the item receipt is payable to.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False		255	A reference to the unique ID of the account the item receipt is payable to.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo regarding the item receipt.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Total amount of the item receipt.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of line items.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a item receipt and its line item data.
`ExpenseItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of expense line items.
`ExpenseItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the expense item data which can be used for adding a item receipt and its expense item data.
`TransactionCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of related transactions to the estimates.
`TransactionAggregate`	`String`	True		5000	An aggregate of the linked transaction data.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the item receipt was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the item receipt was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.
`Expense\*`	`String`	All expense-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.
`LinkToTxnId`	`String`	The ID of a transaction to link the new item receipt to. This should be a purchase order Id. Only available on an insert.

Items

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Items.

Table Specific Information

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Items are Id, TimeModified, FullName, Type, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. FullName may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM Items WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND FullName LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

When inserting the Item, specify the Type and Name fields. Depending on the Type, other columns may also be required in the insertion. See the list below to see which columns are required for special cases:

FixedAsset: Requires Name, Type, AcquiredAs, PurchaseDesc, and PurchaseDate.
SalesTaxGroup: Requires Name, Type, and at least one SalesTax Line Item. SalesTaxGroups must be inserted via the ItemLineItems table.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`Name`	`String`	False		31	The name of the item.
`FullName`	`String`	True		159	Full item name in the format parentname:name if the item is a subitem.
`Type`	`String`	False		100	The type of item. This is required to have a value when inserting. The allowed values are Unknown, Service, Inventory, NonInventory, Payment, Discount, SalesTax, SubTotal, OtherCharge, InventoryAssembly, Group, SalesTaxGroup, FixedAsset. The default value is ALL.
`Account`	`String`	False		1000	Account name the item is associated with.
`AccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Account ID the item is associated with.
`COGSAccount`	`String`	False		1000	Cost of Goods Sold account for the item.
`COGSAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Cost of Goods Sold account for the item.
`AssetAccount`	`String`	False		1000	Inventory asset account for the item if it is an inventory item.
`AssetAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Inventory asset account for the item if it is an inventory item.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the item.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the item.
`DateSold`	`Datetime`	False			Indicates the date an asset was sold. This is required for fixed asset items. It is not used for any other types of items.
`PurchaseDate`	`Date`	False			Indicates date asset was purchased. This field is required for the fixed-asset item type. It is not used by any other item type.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	False			The number of line items associated with the inventory assembly.
`ParentName`	`String`	False			The parent name of the item if the item is a subitem.
`ParentId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The parent ID of the item if the item is a subitem.
`Description`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`Price`	`Double`	False			The price for the item.
`PricePercent`	`Double`	False			A price percent for this item (you might use a price percent if, for example, you are a service shop that calculates labor costs as a percentage of parts costs). If you set PricePercent, Price will be set to zero. Not used for payment, sales tax, or subtotal items.
`AverageCost`	`Double`	True			The average cost of the item.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Whether the item is active or not.
`PurchaseCost`	`Double`	False			Purchase cost for the item.
`PurchaseDescription`	`String`	False		5000	Purchase description for the item.
`ExpenseAccount`	`String`	False		1000	Expense account for the item.
`ExpenseAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Expense account for the item.
`PreferredVendor`	`String`	False		1000	Preferred vendor for the item.
`PreferredVendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Preferred vendor for the item.
`QuantityOnHand`	`Double`	True			Quantity in stock for this inventory item.
`QuantityOnOrder`	`Double`	True			The number of these items that have been ordered from vendors, but not received.
`QuantityOnSalesOrder`	`Double`	True			The number of these items that have been ordered by customers, but not delivered.
`InventoryDate`	`Date`	False			The date when the item was converted into an inventory item.
`ReorderPoint`	`Double`	False			Quantity at which the user will be reminded to reorder this inventory item.
`Barcode`	`String`	False		50	Barcode for the item.
`TaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Reference to a sales tax code predefined within QuickBooks.
`TaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Reference to a sales tax code predefined within QuickBooks.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available in only international editions of QuickBooks.
`PurchaseTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Reference to a purchase tax code predefined within QuickBooks. Only available in international versions of QuickBooks.
`PurchaseTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	This is a reference to a purchase tax code predefined within QuickBooks. Available in only international versions of QuickBooks.
`PartNumber`	`String`	False		31	The manufacturer's part number for the item. This property requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher and is only applicable to inventory and noninventory item types.
`PaymentMethodName`	`String`	False		100	The method of payment: check, credit card, etc.
`PaymentMethodId`	`String`	False	PaymentMethods.ID	255	The method of payment: check, credit card, etc.
`TaxRate`	`Double`	False			The percentage rate of tax.
`TaxVendorName`	`String`	False		1000	The VENDOR or tax agency to whom taxes are due.
`TaxVendorId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	The VENDOR or tax agency to whom taxes are due.
`SpecialItemType`	`String`	False		50	The type of the item when the value of item type is Unknown. Calling Add on such an item will result in an error, however Get or GetByName can get any item without causing an error. The allowed values are FinanceCharge, ReimbursableExpenseGroup, ReimbursableExpenseSubtotal.
`VendorOrPayeeName`	`String`	False		50	Name of the vendor from whom this asset was purchased.
`IsPrintItemsInGroup`	`Boolean`	False			If true, a list of this group's individual items their amounts will appear on printed forms.
`SalesExpense`	`String`	False			Any expenses that were incurred during the sale of a fixed asset. This is applicable only if the asset has been sold.
`AssetAcquiredAs`	`String`	False		3	Indicates whether this item was new or used when the business acquired it. If AssetAcquiredAs is left blank, it will not be sent in the request. The allowed values are New, Old.
`AssetDescription`	`String`	False		5000	Description of the asset.
`AssetLocation`	`String`	False		50	Where the asset is located or has been placed into service.
`AssetPONumber`	`String`	False		30	The purchase order number associated with this asset.
`AssetSerialNumber`	`String`	False		5000	The serial number of the asset.
`AssetWarrantyExpires`	`Date`	False			The date when the warranty for this asset expires.
`AssetNotes`	`String`	False		5000	Additional information about the asset.
`AssetNumber`	`String`	False		10	The number used by the QuickBooks Fixed Asset Manager to identify this asset.
`AssetCostBasis`	`Decimal`	False			The total cost of the fixed asset. This can include the cost of improvements or repairs. This amount is used to figure depreciation.
`AssetDepreciation`	`Double`	False			The amount the fixed asset has lost in value since it was purchased, as of the end of the year.
`AssetBookValue`	`Double`	False			A reasonable estimate of the sales value of the fixed asset, as of the end of the year.
`UnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	Name of the units that the item is measured in. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`UnitOfMeasureId`	`String`	False	UnitOfMeasure.ID	255	Id of the units that the item is measured in. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
`Sublevel`	`Integer`	True			The number of ancestors this item has.
`LineAggregate`	`String`	True		5000	An aggregate of the line item data.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the item was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the item was created.

JobTypes

Create and query QuickBooks JobTypes.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the jobtype.
`Name`	`String`	False		100	The name of the jobtype.
`FullName`	`String`	True		1000	The full name of the jobtype in the form ParentName\|JobTypesName.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Boolean determining if the jobtype is active.
`ParentRef_FullName`	`String`	False			Full name of the parent for the jobtype. You may specify only ParentRef_FullName or ParentRef_ListId on INSERT statements and not both.
`ParentRef_ListId`	`String`	False	JobTypes.ID	255	Id for the parent of the jobtype. You may specify only ParentRef_FullName or ParentRef_ListId on INSERT statements and not both.
`Sublevel`	`Integer`	True			How many parents the jobtype has.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	A string indicating the revision of the jobtype.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The time the jobtype was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last time the jobtype was modified.

JournalEntries

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Journal Entries. Note that while Journal Entry Lines can be created with a new Journal Entry, they cannot be added or removed from an existing Journal Entry.

Table Specific Information

JournalEntries are unique in that the Credit Line Items and Debit Line Items must add up to the same total in one transaction. It is not possible to change a Journal Line Item one at a time and thus end up with an unbalanced transaction.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for JournalEntries are Id, Date, TimeCreated, ReferenceNumber, LineEntityName, LineEntityId, LineAccount, and LineAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM JournalEntries WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a JournalEntry, specify at least one Credit and one Debit Line. The LineAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of JournalEntry Line data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the JournalEntryLines table and it starts with Line. For example, the following will insert a new JournalEntry with two Credit Lines and one Debit Line:

INSERT INTO JournalEntries
         (ReferenceNumber, LineAggregate)
VALUES ('12345',
'<JournalEntryLines>
<Row><LineType>Credit</LineType><LineAccount>Retained Earnings</LineAccount><LineAmount>100</LineAmount></Row>
<Row><LineType>Credit</LineType><LineAccount>Note Payable - Bank of Anycity</LineAccount><LineAmount>20</LineAmount></Row>
<Row><LineType>Debit</LineType><LineAccount>Checking</LineAccount><LineAmount>120</LineAmount></Row>
</JournalEntryLines>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

To delete a JournalEntry, simply perform a DELETE statement and set the ID equal to the JournalEntryId you wish to delete. For example:

DELETE FROM JournalEntries WHERE ID = '16336-1450191232'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier for the journal entry.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The transaction date. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`CreditLineCount`	`Integer`	False			Number of credit lines.
`DebitLineCount`	`Integer`	False			Number of debit lines.
`FirstCreditAccount`	`String`	False			The first credit account associated with the JournalEntry.
`FirstCreditAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The first credit amount associated with the JournalEntry.
`FirstCreditMemo`	`String`	False			The first credit memo associated with the JournalEntry.
`FirstCreditEntityName`	`String`	False			The first credit entity name associated with the JournalEntry.
`FirstCreditEntityId`	`String`	False			The first credit entity ID associated with the JournalEntry.
`FirstDebitAccount`	`String`	False			The first debit account associated with the JournalEntry.
`FirstDebitAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The first debit amount associated with the JournalEntry.
`FirstDebitMemo`	`String`	False			The first debit memo associated with the JournalEntry.
`FirstDebitEntityName`	`String`	False			The first debit entity name associated with the JournalEntry.
`FirstDebitEntityId`	`String`	False			The first debit entity ID associated with the JournalEntry.
`LineAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the credit lines and debit ines data which can be used for adding a journal entry and its line item data.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	The name of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	The unique ID of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`IsHomeCurrencyAdjustment`	`Boolean`	False			Indicates whether the transaction is using a home currency or foreign currency. Setting this field will override the Currency and ExchangeRate fields to use the home currency.
`EditSequence`	`String`	False		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	False			When the journal entry was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	False			When the journal entry was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Line\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.
`LineEntityName`	`String`	LineEntityName may be used when filtering the data.
`LineEntityId`	`String`	LineEntityId may be used when filtering the data.
`LineAccount`	`String`	LineAccount may be used when filtering the data.
`LineAccountId`	`String`	LineAccountId may be used when filtering the data.

JournalEntryLines

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Journal Entries. Note that while Journal Entry Lines can be created with a new Journal Entry, they cannot be added or removed from an existing Journal Entry.

Table Specific Information

JournalEntries are unique in that the Credit Line Items and Debit Line Items must add up to the same total in one transaction. It is not possible to change a Journal Line Item one at a time and thus end up with an unbalanced transaction. Note that while Journal Entry Lines can be created with a new Journal Entry, they cannot be added or removed from an existing Journal Entry.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for JournalEntries are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, LineEntityName, LineEntityId, LineAccount, and LineAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM JournalEntryLines WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a JournalEntry, at least one Credit and one Debit Line must be added. Both types of lines are denoted by the Line columns. Debit Lines have a LineType of Debit while Credit Lines have a LineType of Credit. For example, to insert a JournalEntry:

INSERT INTO JournalEntryLines#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, LineType, LineAccount, LineAmount) VALUES ('12345', 'Credit', 'Retained Earnings', '100')
INSERT INTO JournalEntryLines#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, LineType, LineAccount, LineAmount) VALUES ('12345', 'Credit', 'Note Payable - Bank of Anycity', '20')
INSERT INTO JournalEntryLines#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, LineType, LineAccount, LineAmount) VALUES ('12345', 'Debit', 'Checking', '120')
INSERT INTO JournalEntryLines (ReferenceNumber, LineType, LineAccount, LineAmount) SELECT ReferenceNumber, LineType, LineAccount, LineAmount FROM JournalEntryLines#TEMP

To delete a JournalEntry, simply perform a DELETE statement and set the ID equal to the JournalEntryId you wish to delete. For example:

DELETE FROM JournalEntries WHERE ID = '16336-1450191232'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format JournalEntryId\|ItemLineId.
`JournalEntryID`	`String`	False	JournalEntries.ID	255	The journal entry Id.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The transaction date. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`CreditLineCount`	`Integer`	False			Number of credit lines.
`DebitLineCount`	`Integer`	False			Number of debit lines.
`LineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`LineType`	`String`	False		100	Type of line: credit or debit.
`LineAccount`	`String`	False		1000	Account name of a credit or debit line.
`LineAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Account ID of a credit or debit line.
`LineAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Amount of a credit or debit line.
`LineEntityName`	`String`	False		1000	Entity name of a credit or debit line.
`LineEntityId`	`String`	False		255	Entity ID of a credit or debit line.
`LineMemo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo for a credit or debit line.
`LineClass`	`String`	False		1000	Class name of a credit or debit line.
`LineClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	Class ID of a credit or debit line.
`LineStatus`	`String`	False		13	Billing status of a credit or debit line. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED.
`LineTaxItem`	`String`	False		100	The sales-tax item used to calculate a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency. Available in only CA, UK, and AU versions.
`LineTaxItemId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	Id of the sales-tax item used to calculate a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency. Only available in CA, UK, and AU versions.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	The name of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	The unique ID of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`IsHomeCurrencyAdjustment`	`Boolean`	False			Indicates whether the transaction is using a home currency or foreign currency. Setting this field will override the Currency and ExchangeRate fields to use the home currency.
`EditSequence`	`String`	False		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	False			When the journal entry was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	False			When the journal entry was created.

OtherNames

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Other Name entities.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The unique identifier.
`Name`	`String`	False	41	The name of the other name. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Whether or not the other name is active.
`CompanyName`	`String`	False	41	The name of the customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`Salutation`	`String`	False	15	A salutation, such as Mr., Mrs., etc.
`FirstName`	`String`	False	25	The first name of a customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list
`MiddleName`	`String`	False	25	The middle name of a customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`LastName`	`String`	False	25	The last name of a customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`OtherNameAddress_Addr1`	`String`	False	500	First line of the other-name address.
`OtherNameAddress_Addr2`	`String`	False	500	Second line of the other-name address.
`OtherNameAddress_Addr3`	`String`	False	500	Third line of the other-name address.
`OtherNameAddress_Addr4`	`String`	False	500	Fourth line of the other-name address.
`OtherNameAddress_Addr5`	`String`	False	41	Fifth line of the other-name address.
`OtherNameAddress_City`	`String`	False	255	City name for the other-name address of the customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`OtherNameAddress_State`	`String`	False	255	State name for the other-name address of the customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`OtherNameAddress_PostalCode`	`String`	False	30	Postal code for the other name address of the customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`OtherNameAddress_Country`	`String`	False	255	Country for the other-name address of the customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`OtherNameAddress_Note`	`String`	False	41	Note for the other-name address of the customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`Phone`	`String`	False	21	The main telephone number for the customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`AltPhone`	`String`	False	41	The alternate telephone number for the customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`Fax`	`String`	False	21	The fax number number for the customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`Email`	`String`	False	1023	The email address for communicating with the customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`Contact`	`String`	False	41	The name of a contact person for the customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`AltContact`	`String`	False	41	The name of an alternate contact person for the customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`AccountNumber`	`String`	False	99	The account number for the other-name.
`Notes`	`String`	False	5000	Notes on this customer, vendor, employee, or person on the other-names list.
`ExternalGUID`	`String`	False		Allows for the attachment of a user-defined GUID value. Can be used in only inserts and the value must be enclosed in curly brackets. Requires QBXML 8.0 or higher.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False		Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The datetime the other name was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The last datetime the other name was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True	16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

PaymentMethods

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Payment Methods.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The unique identifier of the payment method.
`Name`	`String`	False	31	The name of the payment method.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Boolean determining if the payment method is active.
`PaymentMethodType`	`String`	False	100	The payment method. Requires QBXML 7.0 or higher. The allowed values are AmericanExpress, Cash, Check, DebitCard, Discover, ECheck, GiftCard, MasterCard, Other, OtherCreditCard, Visa.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True	16	A string indicating the revision of the payment method.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The time the payment method was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The last time the payment method was modified.

PayrollNonWageItems

Query QuickBooks Non-Wage Payroll Items.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		The unique identifier.
`Name`	`String`	False		The name of the payroll item. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Whether or not the payroll item is active.
`NonWageType`	`String`	False		The type of pay. The allowed values are Addition, CompanyContribution, Deduction, DirectDeposit, Tax.
`ExpenseAccountRef_FullName`	`String`	False		The expense account name for this nonwage payroll item. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`ExpenseAccountRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	The expense account ID for this nonwage payroll item. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`LiabilityAccountRef_FullName`	`String`	False		The liability account name for this nonwage payroll item. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`LiabilityAccountRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	The liability account ID for this nonwage payroll item. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The datetime the payroll item was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The last datetime the payroll item was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

PayrollWageItems

Create and query QuickBooks Wage Payroll Items.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		The unique identifier.
`Name`	`String`	False		The name of the payroll item. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Whether or not the payroll item is active.
`WageType`	`String`	False		The type of pay. The allowed values are Bonus, Commission, HourlyOvertime, HourlyRegular, HourlySick, HourlyVacation, SalaryRegular, SalarySick, SalaryVacation.
`ExpenseAccountRef_FullName`	`String`	False		The expense account name for this wage payroll item. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`ExpenseAccountRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	The expense account ID for this wage payroll item. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The datetime the payroll item was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The last datetime the payroll item was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

PriceLevelPerItem

Create and query QuickBooks Price Levels Per Item. Only QuickBooks Premier and Enterprise support Per-Item Price Levels. Note that while Price Levels can be added from this table, you may only add Per-Item Price Levels from this table. Price Levels may be deleted from the PriceLevels table. This table requires QBXML version 4.0 or later.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`PriceLevelID`	`String`	False	PriceLevels.ID	255	The unique identifier of the price level.
`Name`	`String`	False		31	The name of the price level.
`PriceLevelType`	`String`	True		15	The type of price level. The allowed values are FixedPercentage, PerItem.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			A boolean determining if the price level is active.
`PriceLevelPerItemRet_ItemRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	A reference to the ID of the item. Either the ID or FullName property of the item is required on insertion.
`PriceLevelPerItemRet_ItemRef_FullName`	`String`	False			A reference to the name of the item. Either the ID or FullName property of the item is required on insertion.
`PriceLevelPerItemRet_CustomPrice`	`Decimal`	False			A fixed amount for the price.
`PriceLevelPerItemRet_CustomPricePercent`	`Double`	False			A fixed discount percentage.
`PriceLevelPerItemRet_CurrencyRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	A reference to the currency Id. Requires a minimum QBXML version of 8.0 and multiple currencies enabled for the company file.
`PriceLevelPerItemRet_CurrencyRef_FullName`	`String`	False		64	A reference to the currency name. Requires a minimum QBXML version of 8.0 and multiple currencies enabled for the company file.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The datetime the transaction was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last datetime the transaction was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

PriceLevels

Create, delete, and query QuickBooks Price Levels. Note that while Price Levels can be added and deleted from this table, you may add only fixed-percentage Price Levels from this table. Per-Item Price Levels may be added via the PriceLevelPerItem table. This table requires QBXML version 4.0 or higher.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`Name`	`String`	False		31	The name of the price level.
`PriceLevelType`	`String`	True		15	The type of price level. The allowed values are FixedPercentage, PerItem.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			A boolean determining if the price level is active.
`PriceLevelFixedPercentage`	`Double`	False			A fixed discount percentage for the price level.
`PriceLevelPerItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the per-item price level data.
`PriceLevelPerItemRet_CurrencyRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	A reference to the currency Id. Requires a minimum QBXML version of 8.0 and multiple currencies enabled for the company file.
`PriceLevelPerItemRet_CurrencyRef_FullName`	`String`	False		64	A reference to the currency name. Requires a minimum QBXML version of 8.0 and multiple currencies enabled for the company file.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The datetime the transaction was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last datetime the transaction was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

PurchaseOrderLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Purchase Order Line Items.

Table Specific Information

PurchaseOrders may be inserted, queried, or updated via the PurchaseOrders or PurchaseOrderLineItems tables. PurchaseOrders may be deleted by using the PurchaseOrders table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for PurchaseOrders are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, and VendorId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM PurchaseOrderLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a PurchaseOrder, specify the Vendor and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns and can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new PurchaseOrder transaction. For example, the following will insert a new PurchaseOrder with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO PurchaseOrderLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('A Cheung Limited', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO PurchaseOrderLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('A Cheung Limited', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO PurchaseOrderLineItems (VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM PurchaseOrderLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format PurchaseOrderId\|ItemLineId.
`PurchaseOrderID`	`String`	False	PurchaseOrders.ID	255	The unique identifier of the purchase order.
`VendorName`	`String`	False		1000	Vendor name this purchase order is issued to. Either VendorName or VendorId must have a value when inserting.
`VendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Vendor ID this purchase order is issued to. Either VendorName or VendorId must have a value when inserting.
`VendorMessage`	`String`	False		99	Message to appear to vendor.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Transaction date. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			Date when payment is due.
`ShipMethod`	`String`	False		1000	Shipping method.
`ShipMethodId`	`String`	False	ShippingMethods.ID	255	Shipping method.
`ExpectedDate`	`Date`	False			Date when the shipment is expected.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo regarding this transaction.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	Payment terms.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	Payment terms.
`TotalAmount`	`Decimal`	True			Total amount for this purchase order.
`Template`	`String`	False		100	The name of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`TemplateId`	`String`	False	Templates.ID	255	The ID of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	Name of the currency code used for this purchase order. QBXML version must be set to 8.0 or higher to use this field.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	Id of the currency code used for this purchaseorder. QBXML version must be set to 8.0 or higher to use this field.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemName`	`String`	False			The item name.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The item identifier.
`ItemGroup`	`String`	False		100	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemGroupId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	Item group Id. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemDescription`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`ItemCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to a customer for whom this item was ordered. This may also be a customer job.
`ItemCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	A reference to a customer for whom this item was ordered. This may also be a customer job.
`ItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the item's available units. If the company file is enabled only for single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML version 7.0 and above.
`ItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line.
`ItemRate`	`Double`	False			The unit rate charged for this item.
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this item.
`ItemReceivedQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of items that have been received against this purchase order.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	The class name of the item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The class name of the item.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationId`	`String`	False		31	The inventory site location ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site location name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemIsManuallyClosed`	`String`	False		10	Whether or not the item is manually closed.
`ItemPartNumber`	`String`	False			The part number used by the manufacturer of the item.
`ItemServiceDate`	`Date`	False			The date of the Service
`ItemOther1`	`String`	False		29	The Other1 field of this line item. QBXML version must be set to 6.0 or higher to use this field.
`ItemOther2`	`String`	False		29	The Other2 field of this line item. QBXML version must be set to 6.0 or higher to use this field.
`ItemCustomFields`	`String`	False			The custom fields for this line item.
`IsFullyReceived`	`Boolean`	True			If IsFullyReceived is true, all the items in the purchase order have been received and none were closed manually.
`IsManuallyClosed`	`String`	False		10	Whether or not the purchase order is closed.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this transaction is to be printed.
`IsToBeEmailed`	`Boolean`	False			Indicates whether the transaction is to be emailed.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Indicates whether the dollar amounts in the line items include tax or not.
`SalesTaxCodeName`	`String`	False		3	The type of sales tax that will be charged for this purchase order.
`SalesTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	The type of sales tax that will be charged for this purchase order.
`FOB`	`String`	False		1000	Freight on board: The place to ship from.
`VendorAddress`	`String`	True			Full vendor address returned by QuickBooks.
`VendorLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the vendor address.
`VendorLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the vendor address.
`VendorLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the vendor address.
`VendorLine4`	`String`	False		500	Forth line of the vendor address.
`VendorLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the vendor address.
`VendorCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the vendor address of the vendor.
`VendorState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the vendor address of the vendor.
`VendorPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the vendor address of the vendor.
`VendorCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the vendor address of the vendor.
`VendorNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the vendor address of the vendor.
`ShipToEntityId`	`String`	False		255	A reference to an entity (a customer, a vendor or an employee) to whom shipment is to be made. This may also be a customer job.
`ShipToEntityName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to an entity (a customer, a vendor or an employee) to whom shipment is to be made. This may also be a customer job.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Indicates the exchange rate for the transaction.
`Other1`	`String`	False		25	Predefined QuickBooks custom field.
`Other2`	`String`	False		29	Predefined QuickBooks custom field.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the purchase order was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the purchase order was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemPriceLevel`	`String`	Item price level name. QuickBooks will not return the price level.
`ItemOverrideAccount`	`String`	The Account Name used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.
`ItemOverrideAccountId`	`String`	The Account ID used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.

PurchaseOrders

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Purchase Orders.

Table Specific Information

Purchase orders may be inserted, queried, or updated via the PurchaseOrders or PurchaseOrderLineItems tables. PurchaseOrders may be deleted by using the PurchaseOrders table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for PurchaseOrders are Id, Date, TimeModified, VendorName, and VendorId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM PurchaseOrders WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a PurchaseOrder, specify the Vendor and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the PurchaseOrderLineItems table and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new PurchaseOrder with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO PurchaseOrders (VendorName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('A Cheung Limited',
'<PurchaseOrderLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</PurchaseOrderLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format PurchaseOrderId.
`VendorName`	`String`	False		1000	Vendor name this purchase order is issued to. Either VendorName or VendorId must have a value when inserting.
`VendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Vendor ID this purchase order is issued to. Either VendorName or VendorId must have a value when inserting.
`VendorMessage`	`String`	False		99	Message to appear to vendor.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Transaction date. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			Date when payment is due.
`ShipMethod`	`String`	False		1000	Shipping method.
`ShipMethodId`	`String`	False	ShippingMethods.ID	255	Shipping method.
`ExpectedDate`	`Date`	False			Date when the shipment is expected.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo regarding this transaction.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	Payment terms.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	Payment terms.
`TotalAmount`	`Decimal`	True			Total amount for this purchase order.
`Template`	`String`	False		100	The name of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`TemplateId`	`String`	False	Templates.ID	255	The ID of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	Name of the currency code used for this purchase order. QBXML version must be set to 8.0 or higher to use this field.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	Id of the currency code used for this purchase order. QBXML version must be set to 8.0 or higher to use this field.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The number of line items.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the Line item data which can be used for adding a purchase orders and its line item data.
`IsFullyReceived`	`Boolean`	True			If IsFullyReceived is true, all the items in the purchase order have been received and none were closed manually.
`IsManuallyClosed`	`String`	False		10	Whether or not the purchase order is closed.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this transaction is to be printed.
`IsToBeEmailed`	`Boolean`	False			Indicates whether the transaction is to be emailed.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Indicates whether the dollar amounts in the line items include tax or not.
`SalesTaxCodeName`	`String`	False		3	The type of sales tax that will be charged for this purchase order.
`SalesTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	The type of sales tax that will be charged for this purchase order.
`FOB`	`String`	False		1000	Freight on board: The place to ship from.
`VendorAddress`	`String`	True			Full vendor address returned by QuickBooks.
`VendorLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the vendor address.
`VendorLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the vendor address.
`VendorLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the vendor address.
`VendorLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the vendor address.
`VendorLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the vendor address.
`VendorCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the vendor address of the vendor.
`VendorState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the vendor address of the vendor.
`VendorPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the vendor address of the vendor.
`VendorCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the vendor address of the vendor.
`VendorNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the vendor address of the vendor.
`ShipToEntityName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to an entity (a customer, a vendor or an employee) to whom shipment is to be made. This may also be a customer job.
`ShipToEntityId`	`String`	False		255	A reference to an entity (a customer, a vendor or an employee) to whom shipment is to be made. This may also be a customer job.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Indicates the exchange rate for the transaction.
`Other1`	`String`	False		25	Predefined QuickBooks custom field.
`Other2`	`String`	False		29	Predefined QuickBooks custom field.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True			An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the purchase order was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the purchase order was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.

ReceivePayments

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Receive Payment transactions. QBXMLVersion must be set to 6.0 or higher to update a ReceivePayment.

Table Specific Information

ReceivePayments may be inserted, queried, or updated via the ReceivePayments or ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo tables. ReceivePayments may be deleted by using the ReceivePayments table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ReceivePayments are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, DepositToAccountName, and DepositToAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM ReceivePayments WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a ReceivePayment, specify the Customer and Amount. The AppliedToAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of AppliedTo data. In a Receive Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo table and it starts with AppliedTo. To use the ApplyToAggregate column, set the AutoApply pseudo column to Custom. For example, the following will insert a new ReceivePayment with two AppliedTo entries:

INSERT INTO ReceivePayments (CustomerName, Amount, AutoApply, AppliedToAggregate)
VALUES ('Cook, Brian', '300.00', 'Custom',
'<ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo>
<Row><AppliedToRefId>178C1-1450221347</AppliedToRefId><AppliedToPaymentAmount>200.00</AppliedToPaymentAmount></Row>
<Row><AppliedToRefId>881-933371709</AppliedToRefId><AppliedToPaymentAmount>100.00</AppliedToPaymentAmount></Row>
</ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo>')

If you would like to insert a ReceivePayment and let QuickBooks automatically determine which transaction to apply it to, you can use the AutoApply pseudo column to apply the transaction to an existing transaction. For example:

INSERT INTO ReceivePayments (CustomerName, Amount, AutoApply) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', '300.00', 'ExistingTransactions')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier for the transaction.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction.
`UnusedPayment`	`Decimal`	True			This property will contain the amount of the payment that was not applied to existing invoices.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	False			The amount of the payment received from the Customer.
`AccountsReceivableName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the name of the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`AccountsReceivableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the ID of the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer who has purchased goods or services from the company. This is required to have a value when inserting if CustomerID does not.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer who has purchased goods or services from the company. This is required to have a value when inserting if CustomerName does not.
`DepositToAccountName`	`String`	False		1000	The account name that the payment should be deposited to.
`DepositToAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The account ID that the payment should be deposited to.
`PaymentMethodName`	`String`	False		100	Name of the payment method that already exists in QuickBooks.
`PaymentMethodId`	`String`	False	PaymentMethods.ID	255	Id of the payment method that already exists in QuickBooks.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo to appear on internal reports.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The exachange rate of the payment currency to the home currency.
`TotalAmountInHomeCurrency`	`Decimal`	False			The total amount in home currency.
`AppliedToAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the applied-to data which can be used for adding a bill payment credit card and its applied-to data.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the receive payment was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the receive payment was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`AutoApply`	`String`	How the payment should be applied. The allowed values are ExistingTransactions, FutureTransactions, Custom. The default value is ExistingTransactions.

ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo

Create, update, and query QuickBooks Receive Payment AppliedTo aggregates. In a Receive Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied. QBXMLVersion must be set to 6.0 or higher to update a ReceivePayment.

Table Specific Information

ReceivePayments may be inserted, queried, or updated via the ReceivePayments or ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo tables. ReceivePayments may be deleted by using the ReceivePayments table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ReceivePayments are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, DepositToAccountName, and DepositToAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a ReceivePayment, specify the Customer and the Amount. All AppliedTo columns can be used to explicitly identify the transactions the payment is applied to. An AppliedTo entry must at the minimum specify the AppliedToRefId and AppliedToPaymentAmount. Optionally, the INSERT may specify the AutoApply behavior.

For example, the following will insert a new ReceivePayment with two AppliedTo entries:

INSERT INTO ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo#TEMP (CustomerName, AppliedToAmount, AutoApply, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToPaymentAmount) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', '300.00', 'Custom', '178C1-1450221347', '200.00')
INSERT INTO ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo#TEMP (CustomerName, AppliedToAmount, AutoApply, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToPaymentAmount) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', '300.00', 'Custom', '881-933371709', '100.00')
INSERT INTO ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo (CustomerName, AppliedToAmount, AutoApply, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToPaymentAmount) SELECT CustomerName, AppliedToAmount, AutoApply, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToPaymentAmount FROM ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo#TEMP

If you would like to insert a ReceivePayment and let QuickBooks automatically determine which transaction to apply it to, you can use the AutoApply pseudo column to apply the transaction to an existing transaction. For example:

INSERT INTO ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo (CustomerName, Amount, AutoApply) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', '300.00', 'ExistingTransactions')

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format ReceivePaymentId\|AppliedToRefId.
`ReceivePaymentId`	`String`	False	ReceivePayments.ID	255	The ID of the bill-payment transaction.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number. This may be set to refnumber, refnumber, and refnumber in the WHERE clause of a SELECT statement to search by StartsWith, EndsWith, and Contains. Refnum1:refnum2, refnum1:, and :refnum1 may also be used to denote a range.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction.
`UnusedPayment`	`Decimal`	True			This property will contain the amount of the payment that was not applied to existing invoices.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	False			The amount of the payment received from the Customer.
`AccountsReceivableName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the name of the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`AccountsReceivableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	A reference to the ID of the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer who has purchased goods or services from the company. This is required to have a value when inserting if CustomerId is not defined.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer who has purchased goods or services from the company. This is required to have a value when inserting if CustomerName is not defined.
`DepositToAccountName`	`String`	False		1000	The account name that the payment should be deposited to.
`DepositToAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The account ID that the payment should be deposited to.
`PaymentMethodName`	`String`	False		100	Name of a payment method that already exists in QuickBooks.
`PaymentMethodId`	`String`	False	PaymentMethods.ID	255	Id of a payment method that already exists in QuickBooks.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo to appear on internal reports.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			The exachange rate of the payment currency to the home currency.
`TotalAmountInHomeCurrency`	`Decimal`	False			The total amount in home currency.
`AutoApply`	`String`	False		20	How the payment should be applied. The allowed values are ExistingTransactions, FutureTransactions, Custom. The default value is ExistingTransactions.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`AppliedToRefId`	`String`	False		255	The applied-to reference identifier. This is the ID of an existing transaction that a payment can be applied to such as a JournalEntry, or an Invoice.
`AppliedToAmount`	`Decimal`	True			The amount to be applied.
`AppliedToBalanceRemaining`	`Double`	True			The balance remaining to be applied.
`AppliedToCreditAppliedAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The credit applied amount to be applied.
`AppliedToCreditMemoId`	`String`	False	CreditMemos.ID	255	The credit memo ID to be applied.
`AppliedToDiscountAccountName`	`String`	False		1000	The discount account name to be applied.
`AppliedToDiscountAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The discount account ID to be applied.
`AppliedToDiscountAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The discount amount to be applied.
`AppliedToPaymentAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The payment amount to be applied.
`AppliedToReferenceNumber`	`String`	True		21	The ref number to be applied.
`AppliedToTxnDate`	`Date`	True			The transaction date to be applied.
`AppliedToTxnType`	`String`	True		100	The transaction type that was applied.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the receive payment was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the receive payment was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`StartTxnDate`	`String`	Earliest transaction date to search for.
`EndTxnDate`	`String`	Latest transaction date to search for.
`StartModifiedDate`	`String`	Earliest modified date to search for.
`EndModifiedDate`	`String`	Latest modified date to search for.

SalesOrderLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Order Line Items.

Table Specific Information

SalesOrders may be inserted, queried, or updated via the SalesOrders or SalesOrderLineItems table. SalesOrders may be deleted by using the SalesOrders table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for SalesOrders are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, and CustomerId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM SalesOrderLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a SalesOrder, specify the Customer and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new SalesOrder transaction. For example, the following will insert a new SalesOrder with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO SalesOrderLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO SalesOrderLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO SalesOrderLineItems (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM SalesOrderLineItems#TEMP

Inserting Into an Existing SalesOrder

To add a SalesOrderLineItem to an existing SalesOrder, specify the SalesOrderId, the Item's name, and the Item's Quanitiy. For example:

INSERT INTO SalesOrderLineItems (SalesOrderId, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('SalesOrderId', '01Item1', 1)

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format SalesOrderId\|ItemLineId.
`SalesOrderId`	`String`	False	SalesOrders.ID	255	The item identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	Customer name this transaction is recorded under. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	Customer ID this transaction is recorded under.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Transaction date.
`ShipMethod`	`String`	False		1000	Shipping method.
`ShipMethodId`	`String`	False	ShippingMethods.ID	255	Shipping method.
`ShipDate`	`Date`	False			Shipping date.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo regarding this transaction.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`TotalAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this transaction.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			Date the payment is due.
`Message`	`String`	False		101	Message to the customer.
`MessageId`	`String`	False	CustomerMessages.ID	255	Message to the customer.
`SalesRep`	`String`	False		5	Reference to (the initials of) the sales rep.
`SalesRepId`	`String`	False	SalesReps.ID	255	Reference to the sales rep.
`Template`	`String`	False		100	The name of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`TemplateId`	`String`	False	Templates.ID	255	The ID of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	Name of the currency code used for this sales order.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	Id of the currency code used for this sales order.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Currency exchange rate for this sales order.
`TotalAmountInHomeCurrency`	`Decimal`	False			Returned for transactions in currencies different from the merchant's home currency.
`BillingAddress`	`String`	True			Full billing address returned by QuickBooks.
`FOB`	`String`	False		13	Freight on board: The place to ship from.
`BillingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the billing address.
`BillingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the billing address.
`BillingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the billing address.
`BillingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the billing address.
`BillingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the billing address.
`BillingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the billing address.
`BillingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the billing address.
`BillingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the billing address.
`BillingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the billing address.
`BillingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the billing address.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address.
`Subtotal`	`Decimal`	True			Gross subtotal. This does not include tax or the amount already paid.
`Tax`	`Double`	True			Total sales tax applied to this transaction.
`TaxItem`	`String`	False		100	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxItemId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxPercent`	`Double`	True			Percentage charged for sales tax.
`PONumber`	`String`	False		41	Purchase order number.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	Payment terms.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	Payment terms.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemName`	`String`	False			The item name.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The item identifier.
`ItemGroup`	`String`	False		100	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemGroupId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	Item group Id.
`ItemDescription`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`ItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line.
`ItemRate`	`Double`	False			The unit rate charged for this item.
`ItemRatePercent`	`Double`	False			The rate percent charged for this item.
`ItemTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ItemTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ItemInvoicedAmount`	`Decimal`	True			The amount of this sales order line that has been invoiced.
`ItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the item's available units. If the company file is enabled only for single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this item.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	The class name of the item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The class ID of the item.
`ItemInventorySiteName`	`String`	False		1000	The inventory site name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteId`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	255	The inventory site ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemSerialNumber`	`String`	False		5000	The serial number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemLotNumber`	`String`	False		40	The lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True			The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. It is supported from QB Desktop 2023 version 3 (USA & Canada) and SDK 16.0.
`ItemIsManuallyClosed`	`String`	False		10	Whether this sales order line is manually closed.
`ItemOther1`	`String`	False		29	The Other1 field of this line item. QBXML version must be set to 6.0 or higher.
`ItemOther2`	`String`	False		29	The Other2 field of this line item. QBXML version must be set to 6.0 or higher.
`ItemCustomFields`	`String`	False			The custom fields for this line item.
`ItemUOMSetFullName`	`String`	False		1000	Indicates the price of something as a percent.
`ItemUOMSetListID`	`String`	False	UnitOfMeasure.ID	1000	Indicates the price of something as a percent.
`ItemIsGetPrintItemsInGroup`	`String`	False		1000	If true, a list of this group's individual items their amounts will appear on printed forms.
`CustomerTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	The tax code specific to this customer.
`CustomerTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	The tax code specific to this customer.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this sales order is to be printed.
`IsToBeEmailed`	`Boolean`	False			When true, if no email address is on file for the customer the transaction will fail.
`IsManuallyClosed`	`String`	False		10	Whether this sales order is manually closed.
`IsFullyInvoiced`	`Boolean`	True			Whether this sales order is fully invoiced.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the sales order was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the sales order was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemPriceLevel`	`String`	Item price level name. QuickBooks will not return the price level.

SalesOrders

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Orders.

Table Specific Information

SalesOrders may be inserted, queried, or updated via the SalesOrders or SalesOrderLineItems table. SalesOrders may be deleted by using the SalesOrders table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for SalesOrders are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, and CustomerId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM SalesOrders WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a SalesOrder, specify the Customer and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the SalesOrderLineItems tables and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new SalesOrder with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO SalesOrders (CustomerName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Cook, Brian',
'<SalesOrderLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</SalesOrderLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	Customer name this transaction is recorded under. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	Customer ID this transaction is recorded under.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Transaction date.
`ShipMethod`	`String`	False		1000	Shipping method.
`ShipMethodId`	`String`	False	ShippingMethods.ID	255	Shipping method.
`ShipDate`	`Date`	False			Shipping date.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo regarding this transaction.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`TotalAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this transaction.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			Date the payment is due.
`Message`	`String`	False		101	Message to the customer.
`MessageId`	`String`	False	CustomerMessages.ID	255	Message to the customer.
`SalesRep`	`String`	False		5	Reference to (the initials of) the sales rep.
`SalesRepId`	`String`	False	SalesReps.ID	255	Reference to the sales rep.
`Template`	`String`	False		100	The name of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`TemplateId`	`String`	False	Templates.ID	255	The ID of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	Name of the currency code used for this sales order.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	Id of the currency code used for this sales order.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Currency exchange rate for this sales order.
`TotalAmountInHomeCurrency`	`Decimal`	False			Returned for transactions in currencies different from the merchant's home currency.
`FOB`	`String`	False		13	Freight on board: The place to ship from.
`BillingAddress`	`String`	True			Full billing address returned by QuickBooks.
`BillingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the billing address.
`BillingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the billing address.
`BillingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the billing address.
`BillingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the billing address.
`BillingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the billing address.
`BillingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the billing address.
`BillingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the billing address.
`BillingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the billing address.
`BillingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the billing address.
`BillingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the billing address.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address.
`Subtotal`	`Decimal`	True			Gross subtotal. This does not include tax or the amount already paid.
`Tax`	`Double`	True			Total sales tax applied to this transaction.
`TaxItem`	`String`	False		100	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxItemId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxPercent`	`Double`	True			Percentage charged for sales tax.
`PONumber`	`String`	False		41	Purchase order number.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	Payment terms.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	Payment terms.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of item entries for this transaction.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a SalesOrders and its Line Item data.
`TransactionCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of related transactions to the bill.
`TransactionAggregate`	`String`	True		5000	An aggregate of the linked transaction data.
`CustomerTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	The tax code specific to this customer.
`CustomerTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	The tax code specific to this customer.
`IsPrinted`	`Boolean`	True			Whether this invoice is to be printed.
`IsManuallyClosed`	`String`	False		10	Whether this sales order is manually closed.
`IsFullyInvoiced`	`Boolean`	True			Whether this sales order is fully invoiced.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount.
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this sales order is to be printed.
`IsToBeEmailed`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this sales order is to be emailed.
`Other`	`String`	False		29	A predefined QuickBooks custom field.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the sales order was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the sales order was created.
`ShippingDetailTrackingID`	`Integer`	True			The Tracking ID of Sales order which is already shipped.
`ShippingDetailCarrierName`	`String`	True			The Carries Name of Sales Order which is already shipped.
`ShippingDetailShippingMethod`	`String`	True			The Shipping Method of Sales Order which is already shipped.
`ShippingDetailShippingCharges`	`Decimal`	True			The Shipping Charges of Sales Order which is already shipped.
`FulfillmentStatus`	`String`	True			The Sales order Fulfillment Status details.
`SOChannel`	`String`	True			Sales Channel Name.
`StoreName`	`String`	True			Sales Store Name.
`StoreType`	`String`	True			Sales Store type.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.

SalesReceiptLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Receipt Line Items.

Table Specific Information

SalesReceipts may be inserted, queried, or updated via the SalesReceipts or SalesReceiptLineItems tables. SalesReceipts may be deleted by using the SalesReceipts table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for SalesReceipts are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, DepositAccount, and DepositAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM SalesReceiptLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a SalesReceipt, specify the Customer column and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new SalesReceipt transaction. For example, the following will insert a new SalesReceipt with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO SalesReceiptLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO SalesReceiptLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO SalesReceiptLineItems (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM SalesReceiptLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format SalesReceiptId\|ItemLineId.
`SalesReceiptId`	`String`	False	SalesReceipts.ID	255	The item identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, but not the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	Customer name this transaction is recorded under.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	Customer ID this transaction is recorded under.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Transaction date. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`ShipMethod`	`String`	False		1000	Shipping method.
`ShipMethodId`	`String`	False	ShippingMethods.ID	255	Shipping method.
`ShipDate`	`Date`	False			Shipping date.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo regarding this transaction.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			The date when payment is due.
`TotalAmount`	`Decimal`	True			Total amount for this transaction.
`Message`	`String`	False		101	Message to the customer.
`MessageId`	`String`	False	CustomerMessages.ID	255	Message to the customer.
`SalesRep`	`String`	False		5	Reference to (the initials of) the sales rep.
`SalesRepId`	`String`	False	SalesReps.ID	255	Reference to the sales rep.
`Template`	`String`	False		100	The name of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`TemplateId`	`String`	False	Templates.ID	255	The ID of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Currency exchange rate for this sales receipt.
`FOB`	`String`	False		13	Freight on board: The place to ship from.
`BillingAddress`	`String`	True			Full billing address returned by QuickBooks.
`BillingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the billing address.
`BillingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the billing address.
`BillingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the billing address.
`BillingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the billing address.
`BillingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the billing address.
`BillingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the billing address.
`BillingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the billing address.
`BillingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the billing address.
`BillingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the billing address.
`BillingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the billing address.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address.
`Subtotal`	`Decimal`	True			Gross subtotal. This does not include tax or the amount already paid.
`Tax`	`Double`	True			Total sales tax applied to this transaction.
`TaxItem`	`String`	False		100	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxItemId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxPercent`	`Double`	True			Percentage charged for sales tax.
`IsPending`	`Boolean`	False			Transaction status (whether this transaction has been completed or it is still pending).
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this transaction is to be printed.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. This is only available in the UK and CA editions.
`IsToBeEmailed`	`Boolean`	False			When true, if no email address is on file for the customer the transaction will fail.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemName`	`String`	False			The item name.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The item identifier.
`ItemGroup`	`String`	False		100	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemGroupId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	Item group Id. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemDescription`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`ItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line.
`ItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the item's available units. If the company file is enabled only for single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`ItemRate`	`Double`	False			The unit rate charged for this item.
`ItemRatePercent`	`Double`	False			The rate percent charged for this item.
`ItemTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or nontaxable).
`ItemTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax information for this item.
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			Total amount for this item.
`ItemInventorySiteName`	`String`	False		31	The inventory site name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteId`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	255	The inventory site ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemSerialNumber`	`String`	False		5000	The serial number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemLotNumber`	`String`	False		40	The lot number of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True		1099	The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. It is supported from QB Desktop 2023 version 3 (USA & Canada) and SDK 16.0.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	The class name of the item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The class ID of the item.
`ItemUOMSetFullName`	`String`	False		1000	Indicates the price of something as a percent.
`ItemUOMSetListID`	`String`	False	UnitOfMeasure.ID	1000	Indicates the price of something as a percent.
`ItemIsGetPrintItemsInGroup`	`String`	False		1000	If true, a list of this group's individual items their amounts will appear on printed forms.
`CheckNumber`	`String`	False		25	Check number.
`PaymentMethod`	`String`	False		100	Payment method.
`PaymentMethodId`	`String`	False	PaymentMethods.ID	255	Payment method.
`DepositAccount`	`String`	False		1000	Account name where this payment is deposited.
`DepositAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Account name where this payment is deposited.
`CustomerTaxCode`	`String`	True		3	The tax code specific to this customer.
`CustomerTaxCodeId`	`String`	True	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	The tax code specific to this customer.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the sales receipt was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the sales receipt was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemPriceLevel`	`String`	Item price level name. QuickBooks will not return the price level.
`ItemOverrideAccount`	`String`	The Account Name used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.
`ItemOverrideAccountId`	`String`	The Account ID used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.

SalesReceipts

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Receipts.

Table Specific Information

SalesReceipts may be inserted, queried, or updated via the SalesReceipts or SalesReceiptLineItems tables. SalesReceipts may be deleted by using the SalesReceipts table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for SalesReceipts are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, DepositAccount, and DepositAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM SalesReceipts WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a SalesReceipt, specify the Customer and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the SalesReceiptLineItems table and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new SalesReceipt with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO SalesReceipts (CustomerName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Cook, Brian',
'<SalesReceiptLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</SalesReceiptLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, but not the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	Customer name this transaction is recorded under.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	Customer ID this transaction is recorded under.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Transaction date. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`ShipMethod`	`String`	False		1000	Shipping method.
`ShipMethodId`	`String`	False	ShippingMethods.ID	255	Shipping method.
`ShipDate`	`Date`	False			Shipping date.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo regarding this transaction.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			The date when payment is due.
`TotalAmount`	`Decimal`	True			Total amount for this transaction.
`Message`	`String`	False		101	Message to the customer.
`MessageId`	`String`	False	CustomerMessages.ID	255	Message to the customer.
`SalesRep`	`String`	False		5	Reference to (the initials of) the sales rep.
`SalesRepId`	`String`	False	SalesReps.ID	255	Reference to the sales rep.
`Template`	`String`	False		100	The name of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`TemplateId`	`String`	False	Templates.ID	255	The ID of an existing template to apply to the transaction.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`	False			Currency exchange rate for this sales receipt.
`FOB`	`String`	False		13	Freight on board: The place to ship from.
`BillingAddress`	`String`	True			Full billing address returned by QuickBooks.
`BillingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the billing address.
`BillingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the billing address.
`BillingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the billing address.
`BillingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the billing address.
`BillingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the billing address.
`BillingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the billing address.
`BillingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the billing address.
`BillingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the billing address.
`BillingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the billing address.
`BillingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the billing address.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address.
`Subtotal`	`Decimal`	True			Gross subtotal. This does not include tax or the amount already paid.
`Tax`	`Double`	True			Total sales tax applied to this transaction.
`TaxItem`	`String`	False		100	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxItemId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	A sales tax item refers to a single sales tax that is collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency.
`TaxPercent`	`Double`	True			Percentage charged for sales tax.
`IsPending`	`Boolean`	False			Transaction status (whether this transaction has been completed or it is still pending).
`IsToBePrinted`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this transaction is to be printed.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. This is only available in UK and CA editions.
`IsToBeEmailed`	`Boolean`	False			When true, if no email address is on file for the customer the transaction will fail.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of item entries for this transaction.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a sales receipt and its line item data.
`CheckNumber`	`String`	False		25	Check number.
`PaymentMethod`	`String`	False		100	Payment method.
`PaymentMethodId`	`String`	False	PaymentMethods.ID	255	Payment method.
`DepositAccount`	`String`	False		1000	Account name where this payment is deposited.
`DepositAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Account name where this payment is deposited.
`CustomerTaxCode`	`String`	True		3	The tax code specific to this customer.
`CustomerTaxCodeId`	`String`	True	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	The tax code specific to this customer.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the sales receipt was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the sales receipt was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.

SalesReps

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Rep entities.

Table Specific Information

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for SalesReps are Id, TimeModified, Initial, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM SalesReps WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Initial LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To insert a SalesRep, specify the Initial column and an existing SalesRepEntityRef. The SalesRepEntityRef can be taken from an existing entity (Employee, Vendor, or OtherName).

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The ID of the sales rep.
`Initial`	`String`	False	5	The initials of the sales rep. These must be unique for each record.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Boolean indicating if the sales rep is active.
`SalesRepEntityRef_FullName`	`String`	False	1000	Refers to the sales rep's full name on the employee, vendor, or other-name list. You may specify either SalesRepEntityRef_FullName or SalesRepEntityRef_ListId on insert/update statements, but not both.
`SalesRepEntityRef_ListId`	`String`	False	255	Refers to the sales rep's ID on the employee, vendor, or other-name list. You may specify either SalesRepEntityRef_FullNamee or SalesRepEntityRef_ListId on insert/update statements, but not both.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True	16	A string indicating the revision of the sales rep.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The time the sales rep was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The time the sales rep was modified.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`MaxResults`	`String`	Maximum number of results to return.

SalesTaxCodes

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Tax Codes.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`Name`	`String`	False		3	The name of the sales tax code.
`Description`	`String`	False		31	The description of the sales tax code.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Whether or not the other name is active.
`IsTaxable`	`Boolean`	False			Whether or not the other name is taxable.
`ItemPurchaseTaxRef_FullName`	`String`	False		1000	Refers to the purchase tax item. Only available in international versions of QuickBooks.
`ItemPurchaseTaxRef_ListId`	`String`	False		255	Refers to the purchase tax item. Only available in international versions of QuickBooks.
`ItemSalesTaxRef_FullName`	`String`	False		1000	Refers to the sales tax item. Only available in international versions of QuickBooks.
`ItemSalesTaxRef_ListId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxItems.ID	255	Refers to the sales tax item. Only available in international versions of QuickBooks.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The datetime the sales tax code was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last datetime the sales tax code was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

SalesTaxItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Sales Tax Items.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`Name`	`String`	False		31	The name of the other name. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Whether or not the other name is active.
`ClassRef_FullName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction. Requires QBXML version 12.0 or later.
`ClassRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction. Requires QBXML version 12.0 or later.
`ItemDesc`	`String`	False		4096	A description for the sales tax item.
`TaxRate`	`Double`	False			The tax rate. If a nonzero TaxRate is specified, then TaxVendorRef is required.
`TaxVendorRef_FullName`	`String`	False		1000	Refers to the tax agency to whom collected taxes are owed. This will be a vendor on the vendor list.
`TaxVendorRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Refers to the tax agency to whom collected taxes are owed. This will be a vendor on the vendor list.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the sales tax item was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the sales tax item was created.

ShippingMethods

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Shipping Methods.

Table Specific Information

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ShippingMethods are Id, TimeModified, Name, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM ShippingMethods WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Name LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To insert a ShippingMethod, specify the Name column.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The unique identifier of the shipping method.
`Name`	`String`	False	15	The name of the shipping method.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Boolean determining if the shipping method is active.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True	16	A string indicating the revision of the shipping method.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The time the shipping method was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The last time the shipping method was modified.

StandardTerms

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Standard Terms.

Table Specific Information

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for StandardTerms records are Id, TimeModified, Name, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM StandardTerms WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Name LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To insert a StandardTerm, specify the Name column.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The ID of the standard term.
`Name`	`String`	False	100	The name of the standard term.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Boolean indicating if the standard term is active.
`StdDueDays`	`Integer`	False		The number of days until payment is due.
`StdDiscountDays`	`Integer`	False		If payment is received within StdDiscountDays number of the days, then DiscountPct will apply to the payment.
`DiscountPct`	`Double`	False		If payment is received within StdDiscountDays number of days, then this discount will apply to the payment. DiscountPct must be between 0 and 100.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True	16	A string indicating the revision of the standard term.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The time the standard term was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The time the standard term was modified.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`MaxResults`	`String`	Maximum number of results to return.

StatementCharges

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Statement Charges.

Table Specific Information

To add a StatementCharge, specify the CustomerName or CustomerId and the ItemName or ItemId.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for StatementCharges are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, IsPaid, AccountsReceivable, and AccountsReceivableId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM StatementCharges WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False			Transaction reference number.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	Customer name this transaction is recorded under. Either CustomerName or CustomerId must have a value when inserting.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	Customer ID this transaction is recorded under. Either CustomerName or CustomerId must have a value when inserting.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Transaction date.
`ItemName`	`String`	False			A reference to the item for the transaction.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID		A reference to the item for the transaction.
`Quantity`	`Double`	False			Quantity in stock for this inventory item.
`UnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the item's available units. If the company file is enabled only for single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`OverrideUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		100	When you modify a transaction line to change the unit of measure used in that line, you use this to specify the UOM set within which you are choosing an available unit of measure. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`OverrideUnitOfMeasureId`	`String`	False	UnitOfMeasure.ID		When you modify a transaction line to change the unit of measure used in that line, you use this to specify the UOM set within which you are choosing an available unit of measure. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`Rate`	`Double`	False			The unit rate charged for this item.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	False			Amount of the transaction.
`Balance`	`Double`	True			The balance remaining on the transaction.
`Description`	`String`	False			A textual description of the StatementCharge.
`AccountsReceivable`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the name of the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`AccountsReceivableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID		A reference to the ID of the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID		A reference to the class of the transaction.
`BilledDate`	`Date`	False			Date when the customer was billed.
`DueDate`	`Date`	False			Date when the payment is due.
`IsPaid`	`Boolean`	True			Indicates whether this statement charge has been paid.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the statement charge was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the statement charge was created.

TimeTracking

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Time Tracking events.

Table Specific Information

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for TimeTracking entries are Id, TimeModified, Date, EmployeeName, and EmployeeId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM TimeTracking WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To insert a TimeTracking entry, specify the Employee and Duration columns.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	An ID is an alphanumerical identifier assigned by the server whenever an object is added to QuickBooks. It is guaranteed to be unique across all objects of the same type.
`BillableStatus`	`String`	False		15	The billing status of this line item. If the billing status is empty (that is, if no billing status appears in QuickBooks), then no BillableStatus value will be returned. The allowed values are Empty, Billable, NotBillable, HasBeenBilled.
`Date`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction. The standard formatting for dates is YYYY-MM-DD; i.e., September 2, 2002 is formatted as 2002-09-02. When getting the value of a date property, the date will always be in this format. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`CustomerName`	`String`	False		1000	The Customer property indicates the customer who has purchased goods or services from the company. This is required to have a value when inserting if CustomerID is empty and BillableStatus is not NotBillable.
`CustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The Customer property indicates the customer who has purchased goods or services from the company. This is required to have a value when inserting if CustomerName is empty and BillableStatus is not NotBillable.
`Duration`	`String`	False		50	The duration of time being tracked. Time is represented in hours followed by minutes, with the character ':' (colon) separating them. For instance, two hours and thirty minutes is represented as '2:30'.
`EmployeeName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the employee or subcontractor whose time is being tracked. The person is typically an employee but may be a vendor or defined in an other-name record as well. This is required to have a value when inserting if EmployeeId is empty.
`EmployeeId`	`String`	False	Employees.ID	255	A reference to the employee or subcontractor whose time is being tracked. The person is typically an employee but may be a vendor or defined in an other-name record as well. This is required to have a value when inserting if EmployeeName is empty.
`Notes`	`String`	False		5000	Notes about this transaction.
`Class`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`PayrollWageItemName`	`String`	False		100	A payment scheme, such as Regular Pay, Overtime Pay, etc. This property may only be specified if (1) the employee specified refers to an employee, and not a vendor or subcontractor, and (2) the 'Use time data to create paychecks' option is selected for this employee (from within the QuickBooks UI.)
`PayrollWageItemId`	`String`	False	PayrollWageItems.ID	255	A payment scheme, such as Regular Pay, Overtime Pay, etc. This property may only be specified if (1) the employee specified refers to an employee, and not a vendor or subcontractor, and (2) the 'Use time data to create paychecks' option is selected for this employee from within the QuickBooks UI.
`ServiceItemName`	`String`	False		1000	The type of work being performed. If a Customer is not specified, ServiceItem is not needed. If BillableStatus is set to Billable, then both ServiceItem and Customer are required. This is required to have a value when inserting if ServiceItemID is empty.
`ServiceItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The type of work being performed. If a Customer is not specified, ServiceItem is not needed. If BillableStatus is set to Billable, then both ServiceItem and Customer are required. This is required to have a value when inserting if ServiceItemName is empty.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the time-tracking event was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the time-tracking event was created.

ToDo

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks To Do entries.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The unique identifier of the vendor type.
`Notes`	`String`	False		Notes on this to do entry.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Boolean determining if the vendor type is active.
`Type`	`String`	False		Type of this to do entry. Requires QBXML Version 13.0 or higher.
`Priority`	`String`	False		Priority of this to do entry. Requires QBXML Version 13.0 or higher.
`IsDone`	`Boolean`	False		Whether or not this to do entry is complete.
`ReminderDate`	`Datetime`	False		Reminder date for this to do entry.
`ReminderTime`	`String`	False		Reminder time for this to do entry. Requires QBXML Version 13.0 or higher.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True	16	A string indicating the revision of the payment method.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The time the vendor type was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The last time the vendor type was modified.

TransferInventory

Query and delete QuickBooks Transfer Inventory transactions. Transfer Inventory is available in only QuickBooks Enterprise 2010 and above, and only with the Advanced Inventory add-on.

Table Specific Information

TransferInventory transactions may be queried via the TransferInventory or TransferInventoryLineItems tables. TransferInventory transactions may be added by using the TransferInventoryLineItems table. TransferInventory transactions may be deleted by using the TransferInventory table. Updates to existing TransferInventory transactions are not supported at this time.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the TransferInventory table are Id, TimeModified, TxnDate, and RefNumber. TimeModified and TxnDate may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. RefNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM TransferInventoryLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND RefNumber LIKE '%12345%'

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`TxnDate`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			An identifying number for this transaction.
`RefNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`FromInventorySiteRef_ListID`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	255	The site inventory was transfered from.
`FromInventorySiteRef_FullName`	`String`	False		31	The site inventory was transfered from.
`ToInventorySiteRef_ListID`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	255	The site inventory was transfered to.
`ToInventorySiteRef_FullName`	`String`	False		31	The site inventory was transfered to.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Additional information about the transaction.
`ExternalGUID`	`String`	False			Allows for the attachment of a user defined GUID value.
`TransferInventoryLineAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a transfer inventory and its line item data.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The datetime the transaction was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last datetime the transaction was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

TransferInventoryLineItems

Create and query QuickBooks Transfer Inventory Line Items. Transfer Inventory is available in only QuickBooks Enterprise 2010 and above, and only with the Advanced Inventory add-on.

Table Specific Information

TransferInventory transactions may be queried via the TransferInventory or TransferInventoryLineItems tables. TransferInventory transactions may be added by using the TransferInventoryLineItems table. Transfer-inventory transactions may be deleted by using the TransferInventory table. Updates to existing TransferInventory transactions are not supported at this time.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the TransferInventory table are Id, TxnDate, TimeModified, and RefNumber. TimeModified and TxnDate may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. RefNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM TransferInventoryLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND RefNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a TransferInventory transaction, specify a FromInventorySite, ToInventorySite, and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new TransferInventory transaction. For example, the following will insert a new TransferInventory transaction with one Line Items:

INSERT INTO TransferInventoryLineItems#TEMP (FromInventorySiteRef_FullName, ToInventorySiteRef_FullName, ItemRef_FullName, QuantityToTransfer) VALUES ('Site A', 'Site B', 'Cabinets', 10)
INSERT INTO TransferInventoryLineItems#TEMP (FromInventorySiteRef_FullName, ToInventorySiteRef_FullName, ItemRef_FullName, QuantityToTransfer) VALUES ('Site A', 'Site B', 'Door Knobs', 12)
INSERT INTO TransferInventoryLineItems (FromInventorySiteRef_FullName, ToInventorySiteRef_FullName, ItemRef_FullName, QuantityToTransfer ) SELECT FromInventorySiteRef_FullName, ToInventorySiteRef_FullName, ItemRef_FullName, QuantityToTransfer FROM TransferInventoryLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format TransferInventoryId\|TransferInventoryLineRet_TxnLineID.
`TransferInventoryId`	`String`	False		255	The item identifier.
`TxnDate`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			An identifying number for this transaction.
`RefNumber`	`String`	False		21	The transaction reference number.
`FromInventorySiteRef_ListID`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	255	The site inventory was transfered from.
`FromInventorySiteRef_FullName`	`String`	False		31	The site inventory was transfered from.
`ToInventorySiteRef_ListID`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	255	The site inventory was transfered to.
`ToInventorySiteRef_FullName`	`String`	False		31	The site inventory was transfered to.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Additional information about the transaction.
`ExternalGUID`	`String`	False			Allows for the attachment of a user-defined GUID value.
`TransferInventoryLineRet_TxnLineID`	`String`	True		255	Identifying number for the transaction line.
`TransferInventoryLineRet_ItemRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	A reference to the item that was transfered.
`TransferInventoryLineRet_ItemRef_FullName`	`String`	False			Name of the item that was transfered.
`TransferInventoryLineRet_FromInventorySiteLocationRef_ListID`	`String`	False		255	A reference to the location to transfer from.
`TransferInventoryLineRet_FromInventorySiteLocationRef_FullName`	`String`	False			Name of the location to transfer from.
`TransferInventoryLineRet_ToInventorySiteLocationRef_ListID`	`String`	False		255	A reference to the location to transfer to.
`TransferInventoryLineRet_ToInventorySiteLocationRef_FullName`	`String`	False			Name of the location to transfer to.
`TransferInventoryLineRet_QuantityToTransfer`	`Double`	False			Quantity of items to transfer. This is an input only. Check the TransferInventoryLineRet_QuantityTransferred for the response.
`TransferInventoryLineRet_QuantityTransferred`	`Double`	True			Quantity of items that were transfered. This is an output only.
`TransferInventoryLineRet_SerialNumber`	`String`	False		5000	The serial number of the asset.
`TransferInventoryLineRet_LotNumber`	`String`	False		40	A lot number the item is stored on.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The datetime the transaction was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last datetime the transaction was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

Transfers

Create, update, and query QuickBooks transfers. Requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier.
`TxnNumber`	`String`	True		21	The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`TxnDate`	`Date`	False			The date of the transaction.
`TransferFromAccountRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The ID for the account from which the funds will be transfered.
`TransferFromAccountRef_FullName`	`String`	False		1000	The account from which the funds will be transfered.
`FromAccountBalance`	`Double`	True			The balance of the account from which the funds will be transfered.
`TransferToAccountRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The ID for the account to which the funds will be transfered.
`TransferToAccountRef_FullName`	`String`	False		1000	The account to which the funds will be transfered.
`ToAccountBalance`	`Double`	True			The balance of the account to which the funds will be transfered.
`ClassRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`ClassRef_FullName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the class of the transaction.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	False			The total amount for this transfer.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo for the transaction.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The datetime the other name was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last datetime the other name was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

UnitOfMeasure

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks units of measure. QuickBooks requires QBXML version 7.0 or higher to use this table.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The unique identifier of the unit of measure.
`Name`	`String`	False	31	The name of the unit of measure.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Boolean determining if the unit of measure is active.
`UnitOfMeasureType`	`String`	False	1000	The type of the unit of measure such as Count.
`BaseUnit_Name`	`String`	False	31	The name of the base unit of measure.
`BaseUnit_Abbreviation`	`String`	False	31	The abbreviation for the base unit of measure.
`RelatedUnitAggregate`	`String`	False	5000	An XML aggregate containing the related units of measure.
`DefaultUnitAggregate`	`String`	False	5000	An XML aggregate containing the default units of measure.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True	16	A string indicating the revision of the unit of measure entity.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The time the unit of measure entity was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The last time the unit of measure entity was modified.

UnitOfMeasureDefaultUnits

Create and query QuickBooks unit-of-measure default units. QuickBooks requires QBXML version 7.0 or higher to use this table.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the unit-of-measure default unit.
`UnitOfMeasureSetId`	`String`	False	UnitOfMeasure.ID	255	The item identifier of the unit of measure.
`Name`	`String`	False		31	The name of the unit of measure.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Boolean determining if the unit of measure is active.
`UnitOfMeasureType`	`String`	False		1000	The type of unit of measure, such as Count.
`BaseUnit_Name`	`String`	False		31	The name of the base unit of measure.
`BaseUnit_Abbreviation`	`String`	False		31	The abbreviation for the base unit of measure.
`DefaultUnit_UnitUsedFor`	`String`	False		100	What the default unit is used for.
`DefaultUnit_Unit`	`String`	False		31	The default unit.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	A string indicating the revision of the record.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The time the record was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last time the record was modified.

UnitOfMeasureRelatedUnits

Create and query QuickBooks unit-of-measure related units. QuickBooks requires QBXML version 7.0 or higher to use this table.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the unit-of-measure related unit.
`UnitOfMeasureSetId`	`String`	False	UnitOfMeasure.ID	255	The item identifier of the unit of measure.
`Name`	`String`	False		31	The name of the unit of measure.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Boolean determining if the unit of measure is active.
`UnitOfMeasureType`	`String`	False		1000	The type of unit of measure, such as Count.
`BaseUnit_Name`	`String`	False		31	The name of the base unit of measure.
`BaseUnit_Abbreviation`	`String`	False		31	The abbreviation for the base unit of measure.
`RelatedUnit_Name`	`String`	False		31	The name of the related unit of measure.
`RelatedUnit_Abbreviation`	`String`	False		31	The abbreviation of the related unit of measure.
`RelatedUnit_ConversionRatio`	`String`	False		5000	The conversion ratio of the related unit of measure.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	A string indicating the revision of the record.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The time the record was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last time the record was modified.

VehicleMileage

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Vehicle Mileage entities. QuickBooks requires QBXML version 6.0 or higher to use this table.

Table Specific Information

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the VehicleMileage table are Id, Name, and TimeModified. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM VehicleMileage WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Name LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To insert a VehicleMileage entry, specify an existing VehicleRef and either TotalMiles or both OdometerStart and OdometerEnd.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The ID of the vehicle mileage.
`VehicleRef_FullName`	`String`	False		100	The vehicle for use in vehicle mileage transactions. Each vehicle name must be unique.
`VehicleRef_ListID`	`String`	False		255	The reference ID for the vehicle mileage transaction.
`CustomerRef_FullName`	`String`	False		1000	The full name of a referenced customer in QuickBooks. You may specify only CustomerRef_FullName or CustomerRef_ListId on insert/update statements and not both.
`CustomerRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the referenced customer in QuickBooks. You may specify only CustomerRef_FullName or CustomerRef_ListId on insert/update statements and not both.
`ItemRef_FullName`	`String`	False			A reference to the full name of an item in QuickBooks. You may specify only ItemRef_FullName or ItemRef_ListId on insert/update statements and not both.
`ItemRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	A reference to the ID of an item in QuickBooks. You may specify only ItemRef_FullName or ItemRef_ListId on insert/update statements and not both.
`ClassRef_FullName`	`String`	False		1000	A reference to the full name of a class in QuickBooks. You may specify only ClassRef_FullName or ClassRef_ListId on insert/update statements and not both.
`ClassRef_ListID`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	A reference to the ID of a class in QuickBooks. You may specify only ClassRef_FullName or ClassRef_ListId on insert/update statements and not both.
`TripStartDate`	`String`	False			Date the trip began. If left blank on an insert, the current date at the time of the transaction will be used.
`TripEndDate`	`String`	False			The date the trip ended. If left blank on an insert, the current date at the time of the transaction will be used.
`OdometerStart`	`Integer`	False			Odometer reading at the start of the trip. If TotalMiles is specified, you cannot specify OdometerStart and OdometerEnd.
`OdometerEnd`	`Integer`	False			Odometer reading at the end of the trip. If TotalMiles is specified, you cannot specify OdometerStart and OdometerEnd.
`TotalMiles`	`Double`	False			Total trip miles. If TotalMiles is specified, you cannot specify OdometerStart and OdometerEnd.
`Notes`	`String`	False		5000	Additional information.
`BillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	The billig status of the vehicle mileage. The allowed values are Billable, NotBillable, HasBeenBilled.
`StandardMileageRate`	`Double`	False			The mileage rate currently allowed by the tax authority for vehicle expenses.
`StandardMileageTotalAmount`	`Double`	False			Amount calculated by multiplying the total trip miles in the current vehicle mileage transaction by the standard mileage rate currently in use.
`BillableRate`	`Double`	False			In a billable vehicle mileage transaction, refers to the rate being used to charge mileage to a customer. The rate is specified in the service item or the other charge item that is referenced in the ItemRef columns.
`BillableAmount`	`Decimal`	False			In a billable vehicle mileage transaction, this refers to the total charge that QuickBooks calculates by by multiplying the trip total mileage by the rate specified in the item referenced by the ItemRef columns.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	A string indicating the revision of the vehicle mileage transaction.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the vehicle mileage was last modified.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the vehicle mileage was created.

VendorCreditExpenseItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Vendor Credit Expense Line Items.

Table Specific Information

VendorCredits may be inserted, updated, or queried via the VendorCredits, VendorCreditExpenseItems, or VendorCreditLineItems tables. VendorCredits may be deleted by using the VendorCredits table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the VendorCredits table are Id, Date, TimeModified, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayableId, and AccountsPayableName. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM VendorCreditExpenseItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a VendorCredit, specify the Vendor and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Expense Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Expense Line Items for a new VendorCredit transaction. For example, the following will insert a new VendorCredit with two Expense Line Items:

INSERT INTO VendorCreditExpenseItems#TEMP (VendorName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('A Cheung Limited', 'Utilities:Telephone', 52.25)
INSERT INTO VendorCreditExpenseItems#TEMP (VendorName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('A Cheung Limited', 'Professional Fees:Accounting', 235.87)
INSERT INTO VendorCreditExpenseItems (VendorName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) SELECT VendorName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount FROM VendorCreditExpenseItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format VendorCreditId\|ExpenseLineId.
`VendorCreditId`	`String`	False	VendorCredits.ID	255	The ID of the VendorCredit transaction.
`VendorName`	`String`	False		1000	Vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId is required to have a value when inserting.
`VendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId is required to have a value when inserting.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Reference number for the transaction.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False		1000	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Amount of the transaction.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo for the transaction.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount.
`TaxCode`	`String`	False		3	The type of sales tax that will be charged for this vendor credit.
`TaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	The type of sales tax that will be charged for this vendor credit.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`ExchangeRate`	`String`	False			Indicates the exchange rate for the transaction.
`ExpenseLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ExpenseLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The expense line number.
`ExpenseAccount`	`String`	False		1000	The account name for this expense line. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`ExpenseAccountId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	The account ID for this expense line. ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must have a value when inserting.
`ExpenseAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The total amount of this expense line.
`ExpenseBillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	The billing status of this expense line. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED. The default value is EMPTY.
`ExpenseCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	The customer associated with this expense line.
`ExpenseCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The customer associated with this expense line.
`ExpenseClass`	`String`	False		1000	The class name of this expense.
`ExpenseClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	The class ID of this expense.
`ExpenseTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or non-taxable).
`ExpenseTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or non-taxable).
`ExpenseMemo`	`String`	False		5000	A memo for this expense line.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the inventory assembly was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the inventory assembly was created.

VendorCreditLineItems

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Vendor Credit Line Items.

Table Specific Information

VendorCredits may be inserted, updated, or queried via the VendorCredits, VendorCreditExpenseItems, or VendorCreditLineItems tables. VendorCredits may be deleted by using the VendorCredits table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the VendorCredits table are Id, Date, TimeModified, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayableId, and AccountsPayableName. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM VenderCreditLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a VendorCredit, specify a Vendor and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new VendorCredit transaction. For example, the following will insert a new VendorCredit with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO VendorCreditLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('A Cheung Limited', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO VendorCreditLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('A Cheung Limited', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO VendorCreditLineItems (VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM VendorCreditLineItems#TEMP

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier in the format VendorCreditId\|ItemLineId.
`VendorCreditId`	`String`	False	VendorCredits.ID	255	The ID of the VendorCredit transaction.
`VendorName`	`String`	False		1000	Vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId is required to have a value when inserting.
`VendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId is required to have a value when inserting.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Reference number for the transaction.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False		1000	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Amount of the transaction.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo for the transaction.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount.
`TaxCode`	`String`	False		3	The type of sales tax that will be charged for this vendor credit.
`TaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	The type of sales tax that will be charged for this vendor credit.
`ExchangeRate`	`String`	False			Indicates the exchange rate for the transaction.
`ItemLineId`	`String`	True		255	The line item identifier.
`ItemLineNumber`	`String`	True		255	The line item number.
`ItemAmount`	`Decimal`	False			The total amount of this vendor credit line item. This should be a positive number.
`ItemClass`	`String`	False		1000	Specifies the class of the vendor credit line item.
`ItemClassId`	`String`	False	Class.ID	255	Specifies the class of the vendor credit line item.
`ItemTaxCode`	`String`	False		3	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or non-taxable).
`ItemTaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	Sales tax information for this item (taxable or non-taxable).
`ItemName`	`String`	False			The item name.
`ItemId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	The item Id.
`ItemGroup`	`String`	False		100	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemGroupId`	`String`	False	Items.ID	255	Item group name. Reference to a group of line items this item is part of.
`ItemDescription`	`String`	False		5000	A description of the item.
`ItemQuantity`	`Double`	False			The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line.
`ItemUnitOfMeasure`	`String`	False		31	In a transaction line item, the name of the unit of measure is selected from within the item's available units. If the company file is enabled only for single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above.
`ItemCost`	`Double`	False			The unit cost for an item.
`ItemBillableStatus`	`String`	False		13	Billing status of the item. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED. The default value is EMPTY.
`ItemCustomer`	`String`	False		1000	The name of the customer who ordered the item.
`ItemCustomerId`	`String`	False	Customers.ID	255	The ID of the customer who ordered the item.
`ItemInventorySiteId`	`String`	False	InventorySites.ID	31	The inventory site ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationId`	`String`	False		31	The inventory site location ID of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ItemInventorySiteLocationName`	`String`	False		255	The inventory site location name of this item. This requires QBXML version at least 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on.
`ExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber`	`String`	True		1099	The expiration date for serial lot number of this item. It is supported from QB Desktop 2023 version 3 (USA & Canada) and SDK 16.0.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the vendor credit was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the vendor credit was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemOverrideAccount`	`String`	The Account Name used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.
`ItemOverrideAccountId`	`String`	The Account ID used to override the default Account for the Item. This is only available during inserts and updates.

VendorCredits

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Vendor Credits.

Table Specific Information

VendorCredits may be inserted, updated, or queried via the VendorCredits, VendorCreditExpenseItems, or VendorCreditLineItems tables. VendorCredits may be deleted by using the VendorCredits table.

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for VendorCredits are Id, Date, TimeModified, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayableId, and AccountsPayableName. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM VendorCredits WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a VendorCredit, specify a Vendor and at least one Expense or Line Item. The ItemAggregate and ExpenseAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item or Expense Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the VendorCreditLineItems and VendorCreditExpenseItems tables and it starts with Item and Expense. For example, the following will insert a new VendorCredit with two Line Items:

INSERT INTO VendorCredits (VendorName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('A Cheung Limited',
'<VendorCreditLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</VendorCreditLineItems>')

To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True			The refId of the record.
`VendorName`	`String`	False		1000	Vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId is required to have a value when inserting.
`VendorId`	`String`	False	Vendors.ID	255	Vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId is required to have a value when inserting.
`Date`	`Date`	False			Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`	True			The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`	False		21	Reference number for the transaction.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`	False		1000	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	False	Accounts.ID	255	Reference to the accounts-payable account.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	True			Amount of the transaction.
`Memo`	`String`	False		5000	Memo for the transaction.
`IsTaxIncluded`	`Boolean`	False			Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount.
`TaxCode`	`String`	False		3	The type of sales tax that will be charged for this vendor credit.
`TaxCodeId`	`String`	False	SalesTaxCodes.ID	255	The type of sales tax that will be charged for this vendor credit.
`ExchangeRate`	`String`	False			Indicates the exchange rate for the transaction.
`ItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of line items.
`ItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a vendor credit and its line item data.
`ExpenseItemCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of expense line items.
`ExpenseItemAggregate`	`String`	False		5000	An aggregate of the line item data which can be used for adding a VendorCredit and its expense item data.
`TransactionCount`	`Integer`	True			The count of related transactions to the bill.
`TransactionAggregate`	`String`	True		5000	An aggregate of the linked transaction data.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the vendor credit was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the vendor credit was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`Item\*`	`String`	All line-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.
`Expense\*`	`String`	All expense-item-specific columns may be used in insertions.

Vendors

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Vendors.

Table Specific Information

This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the Vendors table are Id, TimeModified, Balance, and Name. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Balance may be used with the >=, <=, or = conditions but cannot be used to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM Vendors WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Name LIKE '%12345%'

Insert

To add a Vendor, specify the Name column.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the Vendor.
`Name`	`String`	False		100	The vendor's name. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`Salutation`	`String`	False		15	A salutation, such as Mr., Mrs., etc.
`FirstName`	`String`	False		25	A first name.
`MiddleInitial`	`String`	False		25	The middle initial.
`LastName`	`String`	False		25	A last name.
`Company`	`String`	False		50	The vendor's company name.
`Contact`	`String`	False		1023	The contact's name.
`AccountNumber`	`String`	False		99	The account number for this vendor.
`Type`	`String`	False		1000	The type of vendor, predefined in QuickBooks.
`TypeId`	`String`	False		255	The type of vendor, predefined in QuickBooks.
`CreditLimit`	`Double`	False			The credit limit for this vendor.
`TaxIdentity`	`String`	False		20	String that identifies the vendor to the IRS.
`SalesTaxCountry`	`String`	False		100	Identifies the country collecting applicable sales taxes. Only available in international editons of QuickBooks. QBXML version must be set to 8.0 or higher to use this field.
`AlternateContact`	`String`	False		41	The alternate contact's name.
`Phone`	`String`	False		21	The vendor's telephone number.
`Fax`	`String`	False		21	The vendor's fax number.
`AlternatePhone`	`String`	False		21	The vendor's alternate telephone number.
`Email`	`String`	False		1023	The vendor's email address.
`Cc`	`String`	False		1023	An additional email adress for a vendor.
`Notes`	`String`	False		5000	Notes on this vendor.
`Address`	`String`	True			Full address returned by QuickBooks.
`Line1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the address.
`Line2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the address.
`Line3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the address.
`Line4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the address.
`Line5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the address.
`City`	`String`	False		255	City name for the address of the vendor.
`State`	`String`	False		255	State name for the address of the vendor.
`PostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the address of the vendor.
`Country`	`String`	False		255	Country for the address of the vendor.
`Note`	`String`	False		41	Note for the address of the vendor.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	True			Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	False		500	First line of the shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	False		500	Second line of the shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	False		500	Third line of the shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	False		500	Fourth line of the shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	False		41	Fifth line of the shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	False		255	City name for the shipping address of the vendor. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher.
`ShippingState`	`String`	False		255	State name for the shipping address of the vendor. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	False		30	Postal code for the shipping address of the vendor. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	False		255	Country for the shipping address of the vendor. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	False		41	Note for the shipping address of the vendor. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher.
`Balance`	`Double`	True			Open balance for this vendor.
`Terms`	`String`	False		100	A reference to terms of payment for this vendor. A typical example might be '2% 10 Net 60'. This field can be set in inserts but not in updates.
`TermsId`	`String`	False		255	A reference to terms of payment for this vendor.
`EligibleFor1099`	`Boolean`	False			Whether this vendor is eligible for 1099.
`NameOnCheck`	`String`	False		110	The name to be printed on checks.
`CurrencyName`	`String`	False		64	Name of the currency code used for this vendor. QBXML version must be set to 8.0 or higher to use this field.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	False	Currency.ID	255	Id of the currency code used for this vendor. QBXML version must be set to 8.0 or higher to use this field.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Whether or not the vendor is active.
`CustomFields`	`String`	False			Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	An identifier for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			When the vendor was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			When the vendor was created.
`PrefillAccountId1`	`String`	False			Id of an Account Prefill defined for this vendor.
`PrefillAccountName1`	`String`	False			Name of an Account Prefill defined for this vendor.
`PrefillAccountId2`	`String`	False			Id of an Account Prefill defined for this vendor.
`PrefillAccountName2`	`String`	False			Name of an Account Prefill defined for this vendor.
`PrefillAccountId3`	`String`	False			Id of an Account Prefill defined for this vendor.
`PrefillAccountName3`	`String`	False			Name of an Account Prefill defined for this vendor.

VendorTypes

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Vendor Types.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	References	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True		255	The unique identifier of the vendor type.
`Name`	`String`	False		31	The name of the vendor type.
`FullName`	`String`	False		159	The name of the vendor type.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False			Boolean determining if the vendor type is active.
`ParentRef_FullName`	`String`	False			Full name of the parent for the vendor type. You may specify only ParentRef_FullName or ParentRef_ListId on INSERT/UPDATE statements and not both.
`ParentRef_ListId`	`String`	False	VendorTypes.ID	255	Id for the parent of the vendor type. You may specify only ParentRef_FullName or ParentRef_ListId on INSERT/UPDATE statements and not both.
`Sublevel`	`Integer`	True			How many parents the vendor type has.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		16	A string indicating the revision of the payment method.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True			The time the vendor type was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True			The last time the vendor type was modified.

WorkersCompCodeLines

Query QuickBooks Workers Comp Code entries by line. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The unique identifier.
`WorkersCompCodeId`	`String`	False	255	The primary key of the workes comp code.
`Name`	`String`	False	13	The name of the workers comp code. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`Desc`	`String`	False	31	The description of the workers comp code.
`CurrentRate`	`Double`	False		Indicates the workers comp insurance premium rate that is currently in effect for the current comp code. If the code doesn't have a current effective date--that is, it has a future date only, then this field is empty.
`CurrentEffectiveDate`	`Datetime`	False		Indicates the date at which the workers' compensation code went into effect. This field contains a value only if the code is currently in effect. If the code has only a future date, then this field is empty.
`NextRate`	`Double`	False		Indicates the workers comp insurance premium rate that will occur after the current rate and effective date.
`NextEffectiveDate`	`Datetime`	False		Indicates the the first effective date that will occur after the current effective date.
`RateHistory_Rate`	`Double`	False		The rate of the workers comp code.
`RateHistory_EffectiveDate`	`Datetime`	False		Specifies the date at which the workers comp code and the related premium goes into effect.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Whether or not the workers comp code is active.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The datetime the entry was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The last datetime the entry was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

WorkersCompCodes

Query QuickBooks Workers Comp Code entries. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher.

Columns

Name	Type	ReadOnly	ColumnSize	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	True	255	The unique identifier.
`Name`	`String`	False	13	The name of the workers comp code. This is required to have a value when inserting.
`Desc`	`String`	False	31	The description of the workers comp code.
`CurrentRate`	`Double`	False		Indicates the workers comp insurance premium rate that is currently in effect for the current comp code. If the code doesn't have a current effective date--that is, it has a future date only, then this field is empty.
`CurrentEffectiveDate`	`Datetime`	False		Indicates the date at which the workers' compensation code went into effect. This field contains a value only if the code is currently in effect. If the code has only a future date, then this field is empty.
`NextRate`	`Double`	False		Indicates the workers comp insurance premium rate that will occur after the current rate and effective date.
`NextEffectiveDate`	`Datetime`	False		Indicates the the first effective date that will occur after the current effective date.
`RateHistory`	`String`	False		The rate of the workers comp code.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	False		Whether or not the workers comp code is active.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	True		The datetime the entry was made.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	True		The last datetime the entry was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	True		An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

Views

Views are similar to tables in the way that data is represented; however, views are read-only.

Queries can be executed against a view as if it were a normal table.

QuickBooks Connector Views

Name	Description
`BalanceSheetDetail`	Balance Sheet Detail Report.
`BalanceSheetStandard`	Balance Sheet Standard Report.
`BalanceSheetSummary`	Balance Sheet Summary Report.
`BillingRate`	Query QuickBooks Billing Rate. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher.
`BillLinkedTransactions`	Query QuickBooks Bill Linked Transactions.
`CompanyInfo`	Query the company information from QuickBooks.
`CreditMemoLinkedTransactions`	Query QuickBooks Credit Memo Linked Transactions.
`CustomColumns`	Query QuickBooks Custom Columns.
`DeletedEntities`	Query deleted Entities.
`DeletedTransactions`	Query deleted Transactions.
`EmployeeStateTaxesDetail`	Returns information of employee state taxes detail report.
`EstimateLinkedTransactions`	Query QuickBooks Estimate Linked transactions.
`Host`	Query the QuickBooks host process. The Host represents information about the QuickBooks process currently being executed.
`InvoiceLinkedTransactions`	Query QuickBooks Invoice Linked Transactions.
`ItemReceiptLinkedTransactions`	Query QuickBooks Item Receipt Linked Transactions.
`ItemSites`	Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Item Sites. Item sites are only available in QuickBooks Enterprise 2010 and above, and only with the Advanced Inventory add-on. This table requires a minimum of QBXML version 10.0.
`PayrollItemDetail`	Returns information of Payroll item detail report (lists the payroll transactions on which each payroll item appears).
`PayrollReviewDetail`	Returns information of Payroll detail review report (provides detailed information about how QuickBooks calculates tax amounts on employee paychecks and in year-to-date transactions).
`PayrollTransactionDetail`	Returns information of Payroll transaction detail report (shows the line-item detail that appears on each payroll transaction).
`PayrollTransactionsByPayee`	Payroll transactions by payee report (lists payroll transactions, grouping them by payee).
`Preferences`	Query information about many of the preferences the QuickBooks user has set in the company file.
`ProfitAndLossDetail`	Profit & Loss Prev Year Comparison Report.
`ProfitAndLossStandard`	Profit & Loss YTD Comparison Report.
`PurchaseOrderLinkedTransactions`	Query QuickBooks Purchase Order Linked Transactions.
`ReceivePaymentToDeposit`	Returns information about payments that have been received and are ready to deposit.
`SalesOrderLinkedTransactions`	Query QuickBooks Sales Order Linked Transactions.
`StatementChargeLinkedTransactions`	Query QuickBooks Statement Charge Linked Transactions.
`Templates`	Query QuickBooks templates.
`Transactions`	Query QuickBooks transactions. You may search the Transactions using a number of values including Type, Entity, Account, ReferenceNumber, Item, Class, Date, and TimeModified.
`VendorCreditLinkedTransactions`	Query QuickBooks Vendor Credit Linked Transactions.

BalanceSheetDetail

Balance Sheet Detail Report.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Label`	`String`	The Label column of the BalanceSheetDetail report.
`Type`	`String`	The Type column of the BalanceSheetDetail report.
`Date`	`Date`	The Date column of the BalanceSheetDetail report.
`Num`	`String`	The Num column of the BalanceSheetDetail report.
`Name`	`String`	The Name column of the BalanceSheetDetail report.
`Memo`	`String`	The Memo column of the BalanceSheetDetail report.
`Class`	`String`	The Class column of the BalanceSheetDetail report.
`Clr`	`String`	The Clr column of the BalanceSheetDetail report.
`Split`	`String`	The Split column of the BalanceSheetDetail report.
`Amount`	`Decimal`	The Amount column of the BalanceSheetDetail report.
`Balance`	`Double`	The Balance column of the BalanceSheetDetail report.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ReportPeriod`	`String`
`ReportDateRangeMacro`	`String`
`AccountType`	`String`
`AccountList`	`String`
`AccountListType`	`String`
`EntityType`	`String`
`EntityList`	`String`
`EntityListType`	`String`
`ItemType`	`String`
`ItemList`	`String`
`ItemListType`	`String`
`ClassList`	`String`
`ClassListType`	`String`
`TransactionTypes`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRange`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRangeMacro`	`String`
`DetailLevel`	`String`
`PostingStatus`	`String`
`IncludeAccounts`	`String`
`ReportBasis`	`String`
`SummarizeRowsBy`	`String`

BalanceSheetStandard

Balance Sheet Standard Report.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Label`	`String`	The Label column of the BalanceSheetStandard report.
`Total`	`Double`	The Total column of the BalanceSheetStandard report.
`AccountLabel`	`String`	The Account label column of the BalanceSheetStandard report.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ReportPeriod`	`String`
`ReportDateRangeMacro`	`String`
`AccountType`	`String`
`AccountList`	`String`
`AccountListType`	`String`
`EntityType`	`String`
`EntityList`	`String`
`EntityListType`	`String`
`ItemType`	`String`
`ItemList`	`String`
`ItemListType`	`String`
`ClassList`	`String`
`ClassListType`	`String`
`TransactionTypes`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRange`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRangeMacro`	`String`
`DetailLevel`	`String`
`PostingStatus`	`String`
`ReportAsOf`	`String`
`ReportBasis`	`String`
`ReportCalendar`	`String`

BalanceSheetSummary

Balance Sheet Summary Report.

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`Account`	`String`		The Account column of the BalanceSheetSummary report.
`Total`	`Double`		The Total column of the BalanceSheetSummary report.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ReportPeriod`	`String`
`ReportDateRangeMacro`	`String`
`AccountType`	`String`
`AccountList`	`String`
`AccountListType`	`String`
`EntityType`	`String`
`EntityList`	`String`
`EntityListType`	`String`
`ItemType`	`String`
`ItemList`	`String`
`ItemListType`	`String`
`ClassList`	`String`
`ClassListType`	`String`
`TransactionTypes`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRange`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRangeMacro`	`String`
`DetailLevel`	`String`
`PostingStatus`	`String`
`ReportBasis`	`String`
`ReturnColumns`	`String`
`ReturnRows`	`String`
`ReportCalendar`	`String`

BillingRate

Query QuickBooks Billing Rate. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`ListID`	`String`	The unique identifier.
`Name`	`String`	The entity full name.
`BillingRateType`	`String`	Indicates whether the billing rate is a fixed rate or applies to specific service items.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	The time the object was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	The last datetime the entry was modified.
`EditSequence`	`String`	An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.

BillLinkedTransactions

Query QuickBooks Bill Linked Transactions.

Table Specific Information

Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the Bill specified by the BillId column.

Select

By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.

QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Bills are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, IsPaid, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:

SELECT * FROM Bills WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`		The unique identifier in the format BillId\|ItemLineId.
`BillId`	`String`	Bills.ID	The item identifier.
`TransactionId`	`String`		The ID of the linked transaction.
`TransactionAmount`	`Decimal`		The amount of the linked transaction.
`TransactionDate`	`Date`		The date of the linked transaction.
`TransactionReferenceNumber`	`String`		The reference number of the linked transaction.
`TransactionType`	`String`		The type of linked transaction.
`TransactionLinkType`	`String`		The link type between the bill and the linked transaction.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`		When the bill was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`		When the bill was created.

CompanyInfo

Query the company information from QuickBooks.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	The employer identification number of the company.
`Name`	`String`	The company name.
`Type`	`String`	The type of company.
`Address`	`String`	Full address returned by QuickBooks.
`Line1`	`String`	First line of the address.
`Line2`	`String`	Second line of the address.
`Line3`	`String`	Third line of the address.
`Line4`	`String`	Fourth line of the address.
`Line5`	`String`	Fifth line of the address.
`City`	`String`	City name for the address of the company.
`State`	`String`	State name for the address of the company.
`PostalCode`	`String`	Postal code for the address of the company.
`Country`	`String`	Country for the address of the company.
`Note`	`String`	Note for the address of the company.
`Email`	`String`	Company email address.
`Phone`	`String`	Company phone number.
`Fax`	`String`	Company fax number.
`SSN`	`String`	The SSN of the company.
`Taxform`	`String`	The tax form used by the company.
`Website`	`String`	Company website URL.
`FirstMonthFiscal`	`String`	The first month in the fiscal year for the company.
`FirstMonthTax`	`String`	The first month in the taxable year for the company.
`LegalAddress`	`String`	Full legal address of the company.
`LegalCity`	`String`	Legal city name for the company.
`LegalCountry`	`String`	Legal country name for the company.
`LegalState`	`String`	Legal state name for the company.
`LegalZip`	`String`	Legal zip code for the company.
`LegalName`	`String`	Legal company name.
`ShippingAddress`	`String`	Full shipping address returned by QuickBooks.
`ShippingLine1`	`String`	First line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine2`	`String`	Second line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine3`	`String`	Third line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine4`	`String`	Fourth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingLine5`	`String`	Fifth line of the shipping address.
`ShippingCity`	`String`	City name for the shipping address of the company.
`ShippingState`	`String`	State name for the shipping address of the company.
`ShippingPostalCode`	`String`	Postal code for the shipping address of the company.
`ShippingCountry`	`String`	Country for the shipping address of the company.
`ShippingNote`	`String`	Note for the shipping address of the company.
`OpenedCompanyFile`	`String`	The path to the currently opened company file in QuickBooks.

CreditMemoLinkedTransactions

Query QuickBooks Credit Memo Linked Transactions.

Table Specific Information

Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the CreditMemo specified by the CreditMemoId column.

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`		The unique identifier in the format CreditMemoId\|ItemLineId.
`CreditMemoId`	`String`	CreditMemos.ID	The credit memo identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`		The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`		The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Date`	`Date`		The date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`CustomerId`	`String`	Customers.ID	The ID of the customer on the credit memo.
`CustomerName`	`String`		The name of the customer on the credit memo.
`TransactionId`	`String`		The ID of the linked transaction.
`TransactionAmount`	`Decimal`		The amount of the linked transaction.
`TransactionDate`	`Date`		The date of the linked transaction.
`TransactionReferenceNumber`	`String`		The reference number of the linked transaction.
`TransactionType`	`String`		The type of linked transaction.
`TransactionLinkType`	`String`		The link type between the credit memo and linked transaction.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`		When the credit memo was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`		When the credit memo was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemPriceLevel`	`String`

CustomColumns

Query QuickBooks Custom Columns.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`DataExtID [KEY]`	`String`	The ID of a data extension.
`OwnerID`	`String`	The owner of a data extension.
`DataExtName`	`String`	The name of the data extension.
`DataExtType`	`String`	The field's data type.
`AssignToObject`	`String`	The object associated with the result.
`DataExtListRequire`	`Boolean`
`DataExtTxnRequire`	`Boolean`
`DataExtFormatString`	`String`

DeletedEntities

Query deleted Entities.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`ListID [KEY]`	`String`	The unique identifier.
`ListDelType`	`String`	The entity type. Valid values are Account, BillingRate, Class, Currency, Customer, CustomerMsg, CustomerType, DateDrivenTerms, Employee, InventorySite, ItemDiscount, ItemFixedAsset, ItemGroup, ItemInventory, ItemInventoryAssembly, ItemNonInventory, ItemOtherCharge, ItemPayment, ItemSalesTax, ItemSalesTaxGroup, ItemService, ItemSubtotal, JobType, OtherName, PaymentMethod, PayrollItemNonWage, PayrollItemWage, PriceLevel, SalesRep, SalesTaxCode, ShipMethod, StandardTerms, ToDo, UnitOfMeasureSet, Vehicle, Vendor, VendorType, WorkersCompCode
`FullName`	`String`	The entity full name.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	The time the object was created.
`TimeDeleted`	`Datetime`	The time the object was deleted.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`TimeModified`	`String`

DeletedTransactions

Query deleted Transactions.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`TxnID [KEY]`	`String`	The unique identifier.
`TxnDelType`	`String`	The transaction type. Valid values are ARRefundCreditCard, Bill, BillPaymentCheck, BillPaymentCreditCard, BuildAssembly, Charge, Check, CreditCardCharge, CreditCardCredit, CreditMemo, Deposit, Estimate, InventoryAdjustment, Invoice, ItemReceipt, JournalEntry, PurchaseOrder, ReceivePayment, SalesOrder, SalesReceipt, SalesTaxPaymentCheck, TimeTracking, TransferInventory, VehicleMileage, VendorCredit
`RefNumber`	`String`	The transaction's reference number.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	The time the object was created.
`TimeDeleted`	`Datetime`	The time the object was deleted.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`TimeModified`	`String`

EmployeeStateTaxesDetail

Returns information of employee state taxes detail report.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Label`	`String`	The Label column of the EmployeeStateTaxesDetail report.
`Source_Name`	`String`	The Source_Name column of the EmployeeStateTaxesDetail report.
`SSN_Tax_ID`	`String`	The SSN_Tax_ID column of the EmployeeStateTaxesDetail report.
`Date`	`Date`	The Date column of the EmployeeStateTaxesDetail report.
`Payroll_Item`	`String`	The Payroll_Item column of the EmployeeStateTaxesDetail report.
`Income_Subject_To_Tax`	`Double`	The Income_Subject_To_Tax column of the EmployeeStateTaxesDetail report.
`Wage_Base`	`Double`	The Wage_Base column of the EmployeeStateTaxesDetail report.
`Amount`	`Double`	The Amount column of the EmployeeStateTaxesDetail report.
`RowType`	`String`	The type of data in the row. For example, Text, Data, Subtotal, or Total.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ReportPeriod`	`String`
`AccountType`	`String`
`AccountList`	`String`
`AccountListType`	`String`
`EntityType`	`String`
`EntityList`	`String`
`EntityListType`	`String`
`ItemType`	`String`
`ItemList`	`String`
`ItemListType`	`String`
`ClassList`	`String`
`ClassListType`	`String`
`TransactionTypes`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRange`	`String`
`DetailLevel`	`String`
`PostingStatus`	`String`
`ReportAsOf`	`String`
`SummarizeColumnsBy`	`String`
`IncludeColumns`	`String`
`IncludeAccounts`	`String`
`SummarizeRowsBy`	`String`

EstimateLinkedTransactions

Query QuickBooks Estimate Linked transactions.

Table Specific Information

Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the Estimate specified by the EstimateId column.

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`		The unique identifier in the format EstimateId\|ItemLineId.
`EstimateId`	`String`	Estimates.ID	The estimate identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`		Transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`		The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`CustomerName`	`String`		Customer name this transaction is recorded under.
`CustomerId`	`String`	Customers.ID	Customer ID this transaction is recorded under.
`Date`	`Date`		Transaction date.
`TransactionId`	`String`		The ID of the linked transaction.
`TransactionAmount`	`Decimal`		The amount of the linked transaction.
`TransactionDate`	`Date`		The date of the linked transaction.
`TransactionReferenceNumber`	`String`		The reference number of the linked transaction.
`TransactionType`	`String`		The type of linked transaction.
`TransactionLinkType`	`String`		The link type between the estimate and linked transaction.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`		When the credit memo was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`		When the credit memo was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemPriceLevel`	`String`

Host

Query the QuickBooks host process. The Host represents information about the QuickBooks process currently being executed.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`ProductName [KEY]`	`String`	The name of the QuickBooks version being used.
`MajorVersion`	`String`	The major version of QuickBooks.
`MinorVersion`	`String`	The minor version of QuickBooks.
`Country`	`String`	Country the QuickBooks edition was designed for.
`SupportedQBXMLVersion`	`String`	A comma separated list of QBXML versions supported by the version of QuickBooks.
`IsAutomaticLogin`	`Boolean`	A boolean indicating if the currently running .exe for QuickBooks is using automatic login. If true, this means that the QuickBooks UI is currently closed and the QuickBooks .exe was launched in the background to interact with the company file.
`QBFileMode`	`String`	The company file mode currently in use. For instance, SingleUser or MultiUser.

InvoiceLinkedTransactions

Query QuickBooks Invoice Linked Transactions.

Table Specific Information

Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the Invoice specified by the InvoiceId column.

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`		The unique identifier in the format InvoiceId\|ItemLineId.
`InvoiceId`	`String`	Invoices.ID	The invoice identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`		The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`		The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`CustomerName`	`String`		The name of the customer on the invoice. Either CustomerName or CustomerId must have a value when inserting.
`CustomerId`	`String`	Customers.ID	The ID of the customer on the invoice. Alternatively give this field a value when inserting instead of CustomerName.
`Account`	`String`		A reference to the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`AccountId`	`String`	Accounts.ID	A reference to the accounts-receivable account where the money received from this transaction will be deposited.
`Date`	`Date`		The date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`TransactionId`	`String`		The ID of the linked transaction.
`TransactionAmount`	`Decimal`		The amount of the linked transaction.
`TransactionDate`	`Date`		The date of the linked transaction.
`TransactionReferenceNumber`	`String`		The reference number of the linked transaction.
`TransactionType`	`String`		The type of linked transaction.
`TransactionLinkType`	`String`		The link type between the invoice and linked transaction.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`		When the invoice was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`		When the invoice was created.

ItemReceiptLinkedTransactions

Query QuickBooks Item Receipt Linked Transactions.

Table Specific Information

Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the ItemReceipts specified by the ItemReceiptId column.

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`		The unique identifier in the format ItemReceiptId\|ItemReceiptLineId.
`ItemReceiptId`	`String`	ItemReceipts.ID	The item identifier for the item receipt. This is obtained from the ItemReceipts table.
`VendorName`	`String`		The name of the vendor. Either VendorName or VendorId must be specified when inserting an item receipt.
`VendorId`	`String`	Vendors.ID	The unique ID of the vendor. Either VendorName or VendorId must be specified when inserting an item receipt.
`Date`	`Date`		The transaction date.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`		The transaction reference number.
`AccountsPayable`	`String`		A reference to the name of the account the item receipt is payable to.
`AccountsPayableId`	`String`	Accounts.ID	A reference to the unique ID of the account the item receipt is payable to.
`Memo`	`String`		A memo regarding the item receipt.
`Amount`	`Decimal`		Total amount of the item receipt.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`		The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`		The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher.
`TransactionId`	`String`	PurchaseOrders.ID	The ID of the linked transaction.
`TransactionAmount`	`Decimal`		The amount of the linked transaction.
`TransactionDate`	`Date`		The date of the linked transaction.
`TransactionReferenceNumber`	`String`		The reference number of the linked transaction.
`TransactionType`	`String`		The type of linked transaction.
`TransactionLinkType`	`String`		The link type between the item receipt and linked transaction.
`CustomFields`	`String`		Custom fields returned from QuickBooks and formatted into XML.
`EditSequence`	`String`		An identifier used for versioning for this copy of the object.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`		When the item receipt was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`		When the item receipt was created.

ItemSites

Create, update, delete, and query QuickBooks Item Sites. Item sites are only available in QuickBooks Enterprise 2010 and above, and only with the Advanced Inventory add-on. This table requires a minimum of QBXML version 10.0.

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`		The ID of the inventory site.
`ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_ListID`	`String`	Items.ID	Reference to the ID of an inventory assembly located on the item site. Either an inventory assembly or an inventory item will be specified, but not both.
`ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_FullName`	`String`		Reference to the full name of an inventory assembly located on the item site. Either an inventory assembly or an inventory item will be specified, but not both.
`ItemInventoryRef_ListID`	`String`	Items.ID	Reference to the ID of an inventory item located on the item site. Either an inventory assembly or an inventory item will be specified, but not both.
`ItemInventoryRef_FullName`	`String`		Reference to the full name of an inventory item located on the item Site. Either an inventory assembly or an Inventory Item will be specified, but not both.
`InventorySiteRef_ListID`	`String`	InventorySites.ID	Reference to the ID of an inventory site.
`InventorySiteRef_FullName`	`String`		Reference to the full name of an inventory site.
`InventorySiteLocationRef_ListID`	`String`		Reference to the ID of an inventory site location. This field requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher.
`InventorySiteLocationRef_FullName`	`String`		Reference to the full name of an inventory site location. This field requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher.
`ReorderLevel`	`Double`		The quantity at which to reorder the inventory assembly or inventory item.
`QuantityOnHand`	`Double`		The total quantity of the inventory assemblies or inventory items in the inventory.
`QuantityOnPurchaseOrders`	`Double`		The quantity of the inventory assemblies or inventory items currently on open purchase orders.
`QuantityOnSalesOrders`	`Double`		The quantity of the inventory assemblies or inventory items currently on open sales orders.
`QuantityToBeBuiltByPendingBuildTxns`	`Double`		The quantity of the inventory assemblies or inventory items are in use by pending Build Assembly transactions.
`QuantityRequiredByPendingBuildTxns`	`Double`		The quantity of the inventory assemblies or inventory items that are required to complete remaining build assembly transactions.
`QuantityOnPendingTransfers`	`Double`		The quantity of the inventory assemblies or inventory items that are currently on pending transfer inventory transactions.
`AssemblyBuildPoint`	`Double`		The quantity of the inventory assemblies or inventory items remaining before creating a new Assembly.
`EditSequence`	`String`		A string indicating the revision of the inventory site.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`		The time the inventory site was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`		The time the inventory site was modified.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemType`	`String`

PayrollItemDetail

Returns information of Payroll item detail report (lists the payroll transactions on which each payroll item appears).

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Label`	`String`	The Label column of the PayrollItemDetail report.
`Num`	`String`	The Num column of the PayrollItemDetail report.
`Date`	`Date`	The Date column of the PayrollItemDetail report.
`Source_Name`	`String`	The Source_Name column of the PayrollItemDetail report.
`Payroll_Item`	`String`	The Payroll_Item column of the PayrollItemDetail report.
`Type`	`String`	The Type column of the PayrollItemDetail report.
`Wage_Base`	`Double`	The Wage_Base column of the PayrollItemDetail report.
`Amount`	`Double`	The Amount column of the PayrollItemDetail report.
`RowType`	`String`	The type of data in the row. For example, Text, Data, Subtotal, or Total.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ReportPeriod`	`String`
`AccountType`	`String`
`AccountList`	`String`
`AccountListType`	`String`
`EntityType`	`String`
`EntityList`	`String`
`EntityListType`	`String`
`ItemType`	`String`
`ItemList`	`String`
`ItemListType`	`String`
`ClassList`	`String`
`ClassListType`	`String`
`TransactionTypes`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRange`	`String`
`DetailLevel`	`String`
`PostingStatus`	`String`
`ReportAsOf`	`String`
`SummarizeColumnsBy`	`String`
`IncludeColumns`	`String`
`IncludeAccounts`	`String`
`SummarizeRowsBy`	`String`

PayrollReviewDetail

Returns information of Payroll detail review report (provides detailed information about how QuickBooks calculates tax amounts on employee paychecks and in year-to-date transactions).

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Label`	`String`	The Label column of the PayrollReviewDetail report.
`Date`	`Date`	The Date column of the PayrollReviewDetail report.
`Entered_Last_Modified`	`String`	The Entered_Last_Modified column of the PayrollReviewDetail report.
`Tax_Table_Version`	`String`	The Tax_Table_Version column of the PayrollReviewDetail report.
`Income_Subject_To_Tax`	`Double`	The Income_Subject_To_Tax column of the PayrollReviewDetail report.
`Wage_Base`	`Double`	The Wage_Base column of the PayrollReviewDetail report.
`Payroll_Tax_Rate`	`Double`	The Payroll_Tax_Rate column of the PayrollReviewDetail report.
`User_Edit\_`	`String`	The User_Edit_ column of the PayrollReviewDetail report.
`Amount`	`Double`	The Amount column of the PayrollReviewDetail report.
`Calculated_Amount`	`Double`	The Calculated_Amount column of the PayrollReviewDetail report.
`Amount_Difference`	`Double`	The Amount_Difference column of the PayrollReviewDetail report.
`RowType`	`String`	The type of data in the row. For example, Text, Data, Subtotal, or Total.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ReportPeriod`	`String`
`AccountType`	`String`
`AccountList`	`String`
`AccountListType`	`String`
`EntityType`	`String`
`EntityList`	`String`
`EntityListType`	`String`
`ItemType`	`String`
`ItemList`	`String`
`ItemListType`	`String`
`ClassList`	`String`
`ClassListType`	`String`
`TransactionTypes`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRange`	`String`
`DetailLevel`	`String`
`PostingStatus`	`String`
`ReportAsOf`	`String`
`SummarizeColumnsBy`	`String`
`IncludeColumns`	`String`
`IncludeAccounts`	`String`
`SummarizeRowsBy`	`String`

PayrollTransactionDetail

Returns information of Payroll transaction detail report (shows the line-item detail that appears on each payroll transaction).

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Date`	`String`	The Date column of the PayrollTransactionDetail report.
`Num`	`String`	The Num column of the PayrollTransactionDetail report.
`Type`	`String`	The Type column of the PayrollTransactionDetail report.
`Source_Name`	`String`	The Source_Name column of the PayrollTransactionDetail report.
`Payroll_Item`	`String`	The Payroll_Item column of the PayrollTransactionDetail report.
`Wage_Base`	`Double`	The Wage_Base column of the PayrollTransactionDetail report.
`Amount`	`Double`	The Amount column of the PayrollTransactionDetail report.
`RowType`	`String`	The type of data in the row. For example, Text, Data, Subtotal, or Total.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ReportPeriod`	`String`
`AccountType`	`String`
`AccountList`	`String`
`AccountListType`	`String`
`EntityType`	`String`
`EntityList`	`String`
`EntityListType`	`String`
`ItemType`	`String`
`ItemList`	`String`
`ItemListType`	`String`
`ClassList`	`String`
`ClassListType`	`String`
`TransactionTypes`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRange`	`String`
`DetailLevel`	`String`
`PostingStatus`	`String`
`ReportAsOf`	`String`
`SummarizeColumnsBy`	`String`
`IncludeColumns`	`String`
`IncludeAccounts`	`String`
`SummarizeRowsBy`	`String`

PayrollTransactionsByPayee

Payroll transactions by payee report (lists payroll transactions, grouping them by payee).

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Label`	`String`	The Label column of the PayrollTransactionsByPayee report.
`Date`	`Date`	The Date column of the PayrollTransactionsByPayee report.
`Name`	`String`	The Name column of the PayrollTransactionsByPayee report.
`Num`	`String`	The Num column of the PayrollTransactionsByPayee report.
`Type`	`String`	The Type column of the PayrollTransactionsByPayee report.
`Memo`	`String`	The Memo column of the PayrollTransactionsByPayee report.
`Account`	`String`	The Account column of the PayrollTransactionsByPayee report.
`Amount`	`Double`	The Amount column of the PayrollTransactionsByPayee report.
`RowType`	`String`	The type of data in the row. For example, Text, Data, Subtotal, or Total.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ReportPeriod`	`String`
`AccountType`	`String`
`AccountList`	`String`
`AccountListType`	`String`
`EntityType`	`String`
`EntityList`	`String`
`EntityListType`	`String`
`ItemType`	`String`
`ItemList`	`String`
`ItemListType`	`String`
`ClassList`	`String`
`ClassListType`	`String`
`TransactionTypes`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRange`	`String`
`DetailLevel`	`String`
`PostingStatus`	`String`
`ReportAsOf`	`String`
`SummarizeColumnsBy`	`String`
`IncludeColumns`	`String`
`IncludeAccounts`	`String`
`SummarizeRowsBy`	`String`

Preferences

Query information about many of the preferences the QuickBooks user has set in the company file.

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`		Key for the table. The default value is 1.
`AccountingPreferences_IsUsingAccountNumbers`	`Boolean`		If true, an account number can be recorded for new accounts. If you include an account numnber in the AccountAdd object when this preference is false, the account number will be set but will not be visible in the user interface.
`AccountingPreferences_IsRequiringAccounts`	`Boolean`		If true, a transaction cannot be recorded in the user interface unless it is assigned to an account. (However, transactions affected by this preference always require an account to be specified when added through the SDK).
`AccountingPreferences_IsUsingClassTracking`	`Boolean`		If true, QuickBooks will include a class field on all transactions.
`AccountingPreferences_AssignClassTo`	`String`		What classes should be assigned to be default. Requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher.
`AccountingPreferences_IsUsingAuditTrail`	`Boolean`		If true, QuickBooks will log all transaction changes in the audit trail report. if false, QuickBooks logs only the most recent versions of each transaction.
`AccountingPreferences_IsAssigningJournalEntryNumbers`	`Boolean`		If true, QuickBooks will automatically assign a number to each journal entry.
`AccountingPreferences_ClosingDate`	`Date`		The company closing date set within the company file. (The QuickBooks admin can assign a password restricting access to transactions that occurred before this date).
`FinanceChargePreferences_AnnualInterestRate`	`Double`		The interest rate, set by the QuickBooks user, that QuickBooks will use to calculate finance charges. The default is 0.
`FinanceChargePreferences_MinFinanceCharge`	`Decimal`		The minimum finance charge that will be applied regardless of the amount overdue. MinFinanceCharge is set by the QuickBooks user, and has a default value (within QuickBooks) of 0.
`FinanceChargePreferences_GracePeriod`	`Integer`		The number of days before finance charges apply to customers' overdue invoices. GracePeriod is set by the QuickBooks user and has a default value (within QuickBooks) of 0.
`FinanceChargePreferences_FinanceChargeAccountRef_ListID`	`String`	Accounts.ID	Refers to the ID of the account used to track finance charges that the customers pay. This is usually an income account. In a request, if a FinanceChargeAccountRef aggregate includes both FullName and ListId, FullName will be ignored.
`FinanceChargePreferences_FinanceChargeAccountRef_FullName`	`String`		Refers to the full name of the account used to track finance charges that the customers pay. This is usually an income account. In a request, if a FinanceChargeAccountRef aggregate includes both FullName and ListId, FullName will be ignored.
`FinanceChargePreferences_IsAssessingForOverdueCharges`	`Boolean`		If true, finance charges are assessed on overdue finance charges. This preference is set by the QuickBooks user, and has a default value (within QuickBooks) of false. (Note that laws vary about whether a company can charge interest on overdue interest payments.)
`FinanceChargePreferences_CalculateChargesFrom`	`String`		This preference is set by the QuickBooks user. Unless they change the value within QuickBooks, it will be DueDate. If set to DueDate, finance charges are assessed from the day the invoice or statement is due. If set to InvoiceOrBilledDate, finance charges are assessed from the transaction dates. The allowed values are DueDate, InvoiceOrBilledDate.
`FinanceChargePreferences_IsMarkedToBePrinted`	`Boolean`		If true, all newly created finance charge invoices will be marked to be printed. (This makes it easier for the QuickBooks user to print a selection of invoices all at once.) This preference is set by the QuickBooks user and has a default value within QuickBooks of false.
`JobsAndEstimatesPreferences_IsUsingEstimates`	`Boolean`		If true, this user is set up to create estimates for jobs.
`JobsAndEstimatesPreferences_IsUsingProgressInvoicing`	`Boolean`		If true, this QuickBooks user can create an invoice for only a portion of an estimate.
`JobsAndEstimatesPreferences_IsPrintingItemsWithZeroAmounts`	`Boolean`		If true, line items with an amount of 0 will print on progress invoices. (IsPrintingItemsWithZeroAmounts is not relevant unless IsUsingProgressInvoices is true).
`MultiCurrencyPreferences_IsMultiCurrencyOn`	`Boolean`		Indicates whether the multicurrency feature is turned on for this company file. A value of true means it is to be turned on, and a value of false means is not turned on. Currently, once multicurrency is turned on for a company file, it cannot be turned off. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher.
`MultiCurrencyPreferences_HomeCurrencyRef_ListID`	`String`	Currency.ID	Reference to the ID of the currency that is listed as the home currency. The home currency is normally the curency of the country where the business is located. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher.
`MultiCurrencyPreferences_HomeCurrencyRef_FullName`	`String`		Reference to the full name of the currency that is listed as the home currency. The home currency is normally the curency of the country where the business is located. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher.
`MultiLocationInventoryPreferences_IsMultiLocationInventoryAvailable`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if multiple inventory locations are available. Requires QBXML version 10.0 or higher.
`MultiLocationInventoryPreferences_IsMultiLocationInventoryEnabled`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if multiple inventory locations are enabled.
`PurchasesAndVendorsPreferences_IsUsingInventory`	`Boolean`		If true, the inventory-related features of QuickBooks are available.
`PurchasesAndVendorsPreferences_DaysBillsAreDue`	`Integer`		By default, bills are due this many days after receipt.
`PurchasesAndVendorsPreferences_IsAutomaticallyUsingDiscounts`	`Boolean`		If true, QuickBooks will automatically apply available vendor discounts or credits to a bill that is being paid.
`PurchasesAndVendorsPreferences_DefaultDiscountAccountRef_ListID`	`String`	Accounts.ID	Id of the account where vendor discounts are tracked. In a request, if a DefaultDiscountAccountRef aggregate includes both FullName and ListId, FullName will be ignored.
`PurchasesAndVendorsPreferences_DefaultDiscountAccountRef_FullName`	`String`		Full name of the account where vendor discounts are tracked. In a request, if a DefaultDiscountAccountRef aggregate includes both FullName and ListId, FullName will be ignored.
`ReportsPreferences_AgingReportBasis`	`String`		AgeFromDueDate means that the overdue days shown in these reports will begin with the due date on the invoice. AgeFromTransactionDate means that the overdue days shown in these reports will begin with the date the transaction was created. The allowed values are AgeFromDueDate, AgeFromTransactionDate.
`ReportsPreferences_SummaryReportBasis`	`String`		Indicates whether summary reports are cash-basis or accrual-basis bookkeeping. The allowed values are Accrual, Cash.
`SalesAndCustomersPreferences_DefaultShipMethodRef_ListID`	`String`	ShippingMethods.ID	Id that references to a ship method that will be used as the default value in all ShipVia fields.
`SalesAndCustomersPreferences_DefaultShipMethodRef_FullName`	`String`		Full name of a ship method that will be used as the default value in all ShipVia fields.
`SalesAndCustomersPreferences_DefaultFOB`	`String`		Default FOB (freight on board: the site from which invoiced products are shipped).
`SalesAndCustomersPreferences_DefaultMarkup`	`Double`		Default percentage that an inventory item will be marked up from its cost.
`SalesAndCustomersPreferences_IsTrackingReimbursedExpensesAsIncome`	`Boolean`		If true, an expense and the customers reimbursement for that expense can be tracked in separate accounts.
`SalesAndCustomersPreferences_IsAutoApplyingPayments`	`Boolean`		If true, a customers' payment will automatically be applied to the outstanding invoices for that customer, beginning with the oldest invoice.
`SalesAndCustomersPreferences_PriceLevels_IsUsingPriceLevels`	`Boolean`		If true, price levels have been turned on for the company file (under Sales and Customers preferences), which enables the creation and use of price levels.
`SalesAndCustomersPreferences_PriceLevels_IsRoundingSalesPriceUp`	`Boolean`		If true, amounts are rounded up to the nearest whole dollar for fixed percentage price levels (not for per-item price levels).
`SalesTaxPreferences_DefaultItemSalesTaxRef_ListID`	`String`	SalesTaxItems.ID	Id reference to the default tax code for sales. (Refers to a sales tax code on the SalesTaxCode list).
`SalesTaxPreferences_DefaultItemSalesTaxRef_FullName`	`String`		Full name for the default tax code for sales. (Refers to a sales tax code on the SalesTaxCode list).
`SalesTaxPreferences_PaySalesTax`	`String`		The frequency of sales tax reports. The allowed values are Monthly, Quarterly, Annually.
`SalesTaxPreferences_DefaultTaxableSalesTaxCodeRef_ListID`	`String`	SalesTaxCodes.ID	Id reference to the default tax code for taxable sales. (Refers to a sales tax code in the SalesTaxCode list).
`SalesTaxPreferences_DefaultTaxableSalesTaxCodeRef_FullName`	`String`		Full name of a default tax code for taxable sales. (Refers to a sales tax code in the SalesTaxCode list).
`SalesTaxPreferences_DefaultNonTaxableSalesTaxCodeRef_ListID`	`String`	SalesTaxCodes.ID	Id reference to the default tax code for nontaxable sales. (Refers to a sales tax code in the SalesTaxCode list).
`SalesTaxPreferences_DefaultNonTaxableSalesTaxCodeRef_FullName`	`String`		Full name of a default tax code for nontaxable sales. (Refers to a sales tax code in the SalesTaxCode list).
`SalesTaxPreferences_IsUsingVendorTaxCode`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if the vendor's tax codes are being used.
`SalesTaxPreferences_IsUsingCustomerTaxCode`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if the customer's tax codes are being used.
`SalesTaxPreferences_IsUsingAmountsIncludeTax`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if total amounts include sales tax.
`TimeTrackingPreferences_FirstDayOfWeek`	`String`		The first day of a weekly timesheet period. The allowed values are Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday.
`CurrentAppAccessRights_IsAutomaticLoginAllowed`	`Boolean`		If true, then applications can use autologin to access this QuickBooks company file.
`CurrentAppAccessRights_AutomaticLoginUserName`	`String`		If autologin is allowed for this QuickBooks company file, then this field gives the username that is allowed to use autologin.
`CurrentAppAccessRights_IsPersonalDataAccessAllowed`	`Boolean`		If true, then access is allowed to sensitive (personal) data in this QuickBooks company file.
`ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_EnhancedInventoryReceivingEnabled`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if enhanced inventory receiving is enabled. Requires QBXML version 11.0.
`ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsTrackingSerialOrLotNumber`	`String`		Indicates if tracking is done based on serial or lot number. Requires QBXML version 11.0.
`ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsTrackingOnSalesTransactionsEnabled`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if tracking is enabled on sales transactions. Requires QBXML version 11.0.
`ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsTrackingOnPurchaseTransactionsEnabled`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if tracking is enabled on purchase transactions. Requires QBXML version 11.0.
`ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsTrackingOnInventoryAdjustmentEnabled`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if tracking is enabled on inventory adjustments. Requires QBXML version 11.0.
`ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsTrackingOnBuildAssemblyEnabled`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if tracking is enabled on build assemblies. Requires QBXML version 11.0.
`ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_FIFOEnabled`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if FIFO is enabled. Requires QBXML version 11.0.
`ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_FIFOEffectiveDate`	`Date`		FIFO effective date. Requires QBXML version 11.0.
`ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsRSBEnabled`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if RSB is enabled. Requires QBXML version 12.0.
`ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsBarcodeEnabled`	`Boolean`		Boolean indicating if bar codes are enabled. Requires QBXML version 12.0.

ProfitAndLossDetail

Profit & Loss Prev Year Comparison Report.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Label`	`String`	The Label column of the ProfitAndLossDetail report.
`Type`	`String`	The Type column of the ProfitAndLossDetail report.
`Date`	`Date`	The Date column of the ProfitAndLossDetail report.
`Num`	`String`	The Num column of the ProfitAndLossDetail report.
`Name`	`String`	The Name column of the ProfitAndLossDetail report.
`Memo`	`String`	The Memo column of the ProfitAndLossDetail report.
`Class`	`String`	The Class column of the ProfitAndLossDetail report.
`Clr`	`String`	The Clr column of the ProfitAndLossDetail report.
`Split`	`String`	The Split column of the ProfitAndLossDetail report.
`Amount`	`Double`	The Amount column of the ProfitAndLossDetail report.
`Balance`	`Double`	The Balance column of the ProfitAndLossDetail report.
`RowType`	`String`	The type of data in the row. For example, Text, Data, Subtotal, or Total.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ReportPeriod`	`String`
`ReportDateRangeMacro`	`String`
`AccountType`	`String`
`AccountList`	`String`
`AccountListType`	`String`
`EntityType`	`String`
`EntityList`	`String`
`EntityListType`	`String`
`ItemType`	`String`
`ItemList`	`String`
`ItemListType`	`String`
`ClassList`	`String`
`ClassListType`	`String`
`TransactionTypes`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRange`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRangeMacro`	`String`
`DetailLevel`	`String`
`PostingStatus`	`String`
`ReportAsOf`	`String`
`IncludeAccounts`	`String`
`ReportBasis`	`String`
`IncludeColumns`	`String`
`SummarizeRowsBy`	`String`

ProfitAndLossStandard

Profit & Loss YTD Comparison Report.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Label`	`String`	The Label column of the ProfitAndLossStandard report.
`Amount`	`Double`	The Amount column of the ProfitAndLossStandard report.
`RowType`	`String`	The type of data in the row. For example, Text, Data, Subtotal, or Total.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ReportPeriod`	`String`
`ReportDateRangeMacro`	`String`
`AccountType`	`String`
`AccountList`	`String`
`AccountListType`	`String`
`EntityType`	`String`
`EntityList`	`String`
`EntityListType`	`String`
`ItemType`	`String`
`ItemList`	`String`
`ItemListType`	`String`
`ClassList`	`String`
`ClassListType`	`String`
`TransactionTypes`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRange`	`String`
`ModifiedDateRangeMacro`	`String`
`DetailLevel`	`String`
`PostingStatus`	`String`
`ReportAsOf`	`String`
`SummarizeColumnsBy`	`String`
`IncludeSubColumns`	`String`
`ReportBasis`	`String`
`ReturnColumns`	`String`
`ReturnRows`	`String`
`ReportCalendar`	`String`

PurchaseOrderLinkedTransactions

Query QuickBooks Purchase Order Linked Transactions.

Table Specific Information

Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the PurchaseOrder specified by the PurchaseOrderId column.

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`		The unique identifier in the format PurchaseOrderId\|ItemLineId.
`PurchaseOrderId`	`String`	PurchaseOrders.ID	The purchase order identifier.
`VendorName`	`String`		Vendor name this purchase order is issued to. Either VendorName or VendorId must have a value when inserting.
`VendorId`	`String`	Vendors.ID	Vendor ID this purchase order is issued to. Either VendorName or VendorId must have a value when inserting.
`VendorMessage`	`String`		Message to appear to vendor.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`		The transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`		The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`Date`	`Date`		Transaction date. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`TransactionId`	`String`		The ID of the linked transaction.
`TransactionAmount`	`Decimal`		The amount of the linked transaction.
`TransactionDate`	`Date`		The date of the linked transaction.
`TransactionReferenceNumber`	`String`		The reference number of the linked transaction.
`TransactionType`	`String`		The type of linked transaction.
`TransactionLinkType`	`String`		The link type between the purchase order and linked transaction.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`		When the purchase order was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`		When the purchase order was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemPriceLevel`	`String`

ReceivePaymentToDeposit

Returns information about payments that have been received and are ready to deposit.

Table Specific Information

Select

The QuickBooks does not support any filters on the server side. All the columns specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query will be processed on the client-side. For example, the following query processed on the server side:

SELECT * FROM ReceivePaymentToDeposit

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`		The unique identifier of the transaction.
`TxnType`	`String`		The type of transaction.
`TxnLineID`	`String`		The unique identifier of the transaction Line.
`CustomerRef_ListID`	`String`	Customers.ID	The ID of the customer.
`CustomerRef_FullName`	`String`		The name of the customer.
`TxnDate`	`Date`		Date of the transaction..
`RefNumber`	`String`		Reference number for the transaction.
`Amount`	`Decimal`		Amount of the transaction. This is calculated by QuickBooks based on the line items or expense line items.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	Currency.ID	The unique ID of the currency for the account. A minimum QBXML version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`CurrencyName`	`String`		The name of the currency for the account. A minimum QBXML version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`		Exchange Rate is the market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the 'home' currency.
`AmountInHomeCurrency`	`Double`		Amount in units of the home currency.

SalesOrderLinkedTransactions

Query QuickBooks Sales Order Linked Transactions.

Table Specific Information

Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the SalesOrder specified by the SalesOrderId column.

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`		The unique identifier in the format SalesOrderId\|ItemLineId.
`SalesOrderId`	`String`	SalesOrders.ID	The item identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`		Transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`		The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`CustomerName`	`String`		Customer name this transaction is recorded under.
`CustomerId`	`String`	Customers.ID	Customer ID this transaction is recorded under.
`Date`	`Date`		Transaction date.
`TransactionId`	`String`	Invoices.ID	The ID of the linked transaction.
`TransactionAmount`	`Decimal`		The amount of the linked transaction.
`TransactionDate`	`Date`		The date of the linked transaction.
`TransactionReferenceNumber`	`String`		The reference number of the linked transaction.
`TransactionType`	`String`		The type of linked transaction.
`TransactionLinkType`	`String`		The link type between the sales order and linked transaction.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`		When the sales order was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`		When the sales order was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemPriceLevel`	`String`

StatementChargeLinkedTransactions

Query QuickBooks Statement Charge Linked Transactions.

Table Specific Information

Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the StatementCharge specified by the StatementChargeId column.

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`		The unique identifier in the format StatementChargeId\|TransactionLineId.
`StatementChargeId`	`String`	StatementCharges.ID	The item identifier.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`		Transaction reference number.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`		The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`CustomerName`	`String`		Customer name this transaction is recorded under.
`CustomerId`	`String`	Customers.ID	Customer ID this transaction is recorded under.
`Date`	`Date`		Transaction date.
`TransactionId`	`String`		The ID of the linked transaction.
`TransactionAmount`	`Decimal`		The amount of the linked transaction.
`TransactionDate`	`Date`		The date of the linked transaction.
`TransactionReferenceNumber`	`String`		The reference number of the linked transaction.
`TransactionType`	`String`		The type of linked transaction.
`TransactionLinkType`	`String`		The link type between the statement charge and linked transaction.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`		When the statement charge was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`		When the statement charge was created.

Templates

Query QuickBooks templates.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`	The unique identifier of the template.
`Name`	`String`	The name of the template.
`IsActive`	`Boolean`	Boolean determining if the template is active.
`TemplateType`	`String`	The type of template. This may be BuildAssembly, CreditMemo, Estimate, Invoice, PurchaseOrder, SalesOrder, or SalesReceipt.
`EditSequence`	`String`	A string indicating the revision of the template.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`	The time the template was created.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`	The last time the template was modified.

Transactions

Query QuickBooks transactions. You may search the Transactions using a number of values including Type, Entity, Account, ReferenceNumber, Item, Class, Date, and TimeModified.

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID`	`String`		The unique identifier of the transaction.
`TxnLineId`	`String`		The ID of the individual line item.
`Type`	`String`		The transaction type of the result.
`Date`	`Date`		The date of the transaction.
`Entity`	`String`		The name of the entity associated with the transaction. For example, the name of a customer, vendor, employee, or other name.
`EntityId`	`String`		The ID of the entity associated with the transaction. For example, the name of a customer, vendor, employee, or other name.
`AccountName`	`String`		The name of the account associated with the transaction.
`AccountId`	`String`	Accounts.ID	The ID of the account associated with the transaction.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`		The reference number of the transaction, if applicable.
`Amount`	`Decimal`		The amount of the transaction.
`CurrencyName`	`String`		The name of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`CurrencyId`	`String`	Currency.ID	The unique ID of the currency for this customer. A minimum QBXML Version of 8.0 is required for this feature.
`ExchangeRate`	`Double`		The market price for which this currency can be exchanged for the currency used by the QuickBooks company file as the home currency.
`AmountInHomeCurrency`	`Decimal`		The amount of the transaction in units of the home currency.
`Memo`	`String`		The memo appearing on the transaction.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`		When the transaction was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`		When the transaction was created.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.

Name	Type	Description
`ItemName`	`String`
`ItemId`	`String`
`ClassName`	`String`
`ClassId`	`String`
`PostingStatus`	`String`
`PaidStatus`	`String`
`DetailLevel`	`String`

VendorCreditLinkedTransactions

Query QuickBooks Vendor Credit Linked Transactions.

Table Specific Information

Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the VendorCredit specified by the VendorCreditId column.

Columns

Name	Type	References	Description
`ID [KEY]`	`String`		The unique identifier in the format VendorCreditId\|ItemLineId.
`VendorCreditId`	`String`	VendorCredits.ID	The ID of the VendorCredit transaction.
`VendorName`	`String`		Vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId is required to have a value when inserting.
`VendorId`	`String`	Vendors.ID	Vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId is required to have a value when inserting.
`Date`	`Date`		Date of the transaction. If it is set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate are overwritten with the value.
`TxnNumber`	`Integer`		The transaction number. An identifying number for the transaction, different from the QuickBooks-generated Id.
`ReferenceNumber`	`String`		Reference number for the transaction.
`TransactionId`	`String`	Bills.ID	The ID of the linked transaction.
`TransactionAmount`	`Decimal`		The amount of the linked transaction.
`TransactionDate`	`Date`		The date of the linked transaction.
`TransactionReferenceNumber`	`String`		The reference number of the linked transaction.
`TransactionType`	`String`		The type of linked transaction.
`TransactionLinkType`	`String`		The link type between the vendor credit and linked transaction.
`TimeModified`	`Datetime`		When the vendor credit was last modified.
`TimeCreated`	`Datetime`		When the vendor credit was created.

Stored Procedures

Stored procedures are function-like interfaces that extend the functionality of the connector beyond simple SELECT/INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE operations with QuickBooks.

Stored procedures accept a list of parameters, perform their intended function, and then return any relevant response data from QuickBooks, along with an indication of whether the procedure succeeded or failed.

QuickBooks Connector Stored Procedures

Name	Description
`ClearTransaction`	Marks the transaction checks with Cleared, NotCleared or Pending status.
`CreateReportSchema`	Generates a report schema file.
`GetQBFileStatus`	Gets the status of the quickbooks file.
`ListMerge`	Merge two accounts, customers, or vendors. Requires QBXML version 7.0 or higher.
`SearchEntities`	Search entities in QuickBooks.
`SendQBXML`	Sends the provided QBXML directly to QuickBooks.
`SendQBXMLFile`	Sends the provided QBXML file directly to QuickBooks. This is designed for use with mass inserts.
`VoidTransaction`	Voids a given transaction in QuickBooks.

ClearTransaction

Marks the transaction checks with Cleared, NotCleared or Pending status.

Input

Name	Type	Description
`TxnID`	`String`	The ID of the Transaction. The TxnID should be of type balance sheet.
`TxnLineID`	`String`	The ID of the Transaction Line Item
`ClearedStatus`	`String`	The Cleared Status of the Transaction The allowed values are Cleared, NotCleared, Pending.

Result Set Columns

Name	Type	Description
`\*`	`String`	Output varies depending on the supplied QBXML request.

CreateReportSchema

Generates a report schema file.

CreateReportSchema

CreateReportSchema creates a schema file based on the specified report.

This schema adds a table to your existing list that corresponds with the results of your report, which can then be queried like other tables.

(Reports from the QuickBooks are not modeled by connector as queryable tables by default.)

The generated schema file outlines the metadata for the report, such as columns and column data types. You can edit the file to adjust data types, rename columns, and include or exclude columns.

Updating a Report Schema

In the following example, the SP CreateReportSchema creates a new report using TestReportTest1 as a base template. It appends new columns to TestReportTest1 and creates a new report, named TestReport2. The new report is saved as ...\TestReportTest2.rsd.

EXECUTE [CreateReportSchema]
    [ReportName] = "TestReportTest2",
    [CustomFieldIdsPrimitive] = "1459925,1459928",
    [CustomFieldIdsDropdown] = "1469785",
    [CustomDimensionKeyIds] = "13539564",
    [BaseReportName] = "TestReportTest1",
[FileName] = "...\TestReportTest2.rsd"

Input

Name	Type	Description
`ReportName`	`String`	The name of the report. If this is not specified the ReportType will be used as the name.
`ReportDescription`	`String`	A description for the report. If one is not specified, a description based on the ReportType will be selected.
`ReportType`	`String`	The type of report to create a schema for. The allowed values are 1099DETAIL, APAGINGDETAIL, APAGINGSUMMARY, ARAGINGDETAIL, ARAGINGSUMMARY, AUDITTRAIL, BALANCESHEETBUDGETOVERVIEW, BALANCESHEETBUDGETVSACTUAL, BALANCESHEETDETAIL, BALANCESHEETPREVYEARCOMP, BALANCESHEETSTANDARD, BALANCESHEETSUMMARY, CHECKDETAIL, COLLECTIONSREPORT, CUSTOMDETAIL, CUSTOMERBALANCEDETAIL, CUSTOMERBALANCESUMMARY, CUSTOMSUMMARY, DEPOSITDETAIL, EMPLOYEEEARNINGSSUMMARY, EMPLOYEESTATETAXESDETAIL, ESTIMATESBYJOB, EXPENSEBYVENDORDETAIL, EXPENSEBYVENDORSUMMARY, GENERALLEDGER, INCOMEBYCUSTOMERDETAIL, INCOMEBYCUSTOMERSUMMARY, INCOMETAXDETAIL, INCOMETAXSUMMARY, INVENTORYSTOCKSTATUSBYITEM, INVENTORYSTOCKSTATUSBYVENDOR, INVENTORYVALUATIONDETAIL, INVENTORYVALUATIONSUMMARY, ITEMESTIMATESVSACTUALS, ITEMPROFITABILITY, JOBESTIMATESVSACTUALSDETAIL, JOBESTIMATESVSACTUALSSUMMARY, JOBPROFITABILITYDETAIL, JOBPROFITABILITYSUMMARY, JOBPROGRESSINVOICESVSESTIMATES, JOURNAL, MISSINGCHECKS, OPENINVOICES, OPENPOS, OPENPOSBYJOB, OPENSALESORDERBYCUSTOMER, OPENSALESORDERBYITEM, PAYROLLITEMDETAIL, PAYROLLLIABILITYBALANCES, PAYROLLREVIEWDETAIL, PAYROLLSUMMARY, PAYROLLTRANSACTIONDETAIL, PAYROLLTRANSACTIONSBYPAYEE, PENDINGSALES, PHYSICALINVENTORYWORKSHEET, PROFITANDLOSSBUDGETOVERVIEW, PROFITANDLOSSBUDGETPERFORMANCE, PROFITANDLOSSBUDGETVSACTUAL, PROFITANDLOSSBYCLASS, PROFITANDLOSSBYJOB, PROFITANDLOSSDETAIL, PROFITANDLOSSPREVYEARCOMP, PROFITANDLOSSSTANDARD, PROFITANDLOSSYTDCOMP, PURCHASEBYITEMDETAIL, PURCHASEBYITEMSUMMARY, PURCHASEBYVENDORDETAIL, PURCHASEBYVENDORSUMMARY, SALESBYCUSTOMERDETAIL, SALESBYCUSTOMERSUMMARY, SALESBYITEMDETAIL, SALESBYITEMSUMMARY, SALESBYREPDETAIL, SALESBYREPSUMMARY, SALESTAXLIABILITY, SALESTAXREVENUESUMMARY, TIMEBYITEM, TIMEBYJOBDETAIL, TIMEBYJOBSUMMARY, TIMEBYNAME, TRIALBALANCE, TXNDETAILBYACCOUNT, TXNLISTBYCUSTOMER, TXNLISTBYDATE, TXNLISTBYVENDOR, UNBILLEDCOSTSBYJOB, UNPAIDBILLSDETAIL, VENDORBALANCEDETAIL, VENDORBALANCESUMMARY.
`IncludeRowtype`	`Boolean`	A boolean determining if the rowtype column should be included in the output schema. The default value is FALSE.
`ReportPeriod`	`String`	Report date range in the format fromdate:todate where either value may be omitted for an open-ended range (e.g., 2009-12-25:) or a macro. Supported date format: yyyy-MM-dd and Supported Macro values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR
`AccountType`	`String`	The specific type of account to request in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNTSPAYABLE, ACCOUNTSRECEIVABLE, ALLOWEDFOR1099, APANDSALESTAX, APORCREDITCARD, ARANDAP, ASSET, BALANCESHEET, BANK, BANKANDARANDAPANDUF, BANKANDUF, COSTOFSALES, CREDITCARD, CURRENTASSET, CURRENTASSETANDEXPENSE, CURRENTLIABILITY, EQUITY, EQUITYANDINCOMEANDEXPENSE, EXPENSEANDOTHEREXPENSE, FIXEDASSET, INCOMEANDEXPENSE, INCOMEANDOTHERINCOME, LIABILITY, LIABILITYANDEQUITY, LONGTERMLIABILITY, NONPOSTING, ORDINARYEXPENSE, ORDINARYINCOME, ORDINARYINCOMEANDCOGS, ORDINARYINCOMEANDEXPENSE, OTHERASSET, OTHERCURRENTASSET, OTHERCURRENTLIABILITY, OTHEREXPENSE, OTHERINCOME, OTHERINCOMEOREXPENSE.
`AccountList`	`String`	A comma separated list of account names or IDs. Also specify a value for AccountListType if specifying a value for this input. For instance AccountName, AccountId2, AccountId3.
`AccountListType`	`String`	Allows the user to query for specific list accounts. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN.
`EntityType`	`String`	The specific type of entity to request in the report. The allowed values are NONE, CUSTOMER, EMPLOYEE, OTHERNAME, VENDOR.
`EntityList`	`String`	A comma separated list of entity names or IDs. Also specify a value for EntityListType if specifying a value for this input.
`EntityListType`	`String`	Allows the user to query for specific list of entities. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN.
`ItemType`	`String`	The specific type of item to request in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ALLEXCEPTFIXEDASSET, ASSEMBLY, DISCOUNT, FIXEDASSET, INVENTORY, INVENTORYANDASSEMBLY, NONINVENTORY, OTHERCHARGE, PAYMENT, SALES, SALESTAX, SERVICE.
`ItemList`	`String`	A comma separated list of item names or IDs. Also specify a value for ItemListType if specifying a value for this input.
`ItemListType`	`String`	Allows the user to query for specific list of items. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN.
`ClassList`	`String`	A comma separated list of class names or IDs. Also specify a value for ClassListType if specifying a value for this input.
`ClassListType`	`String`	Allows the user to query for specific list of classes. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN.
`ModifiedDateRange`	`String`	Date modified range in the format fromdate:todate where either value may be omitted for an open-ended range (e.g., 2009-12-25:) or a macro. Supported date format: yyyy-MM-dd. Support Macro The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR..
`DetailLevel`	`String`	The level of detail to include in the report. The allowed values are ALL, ALLEXCEPTSUMMARY, SUMMARYONLY.
`SummarizeColumnsBy`	`String`	Determines which data the report calculates and how the columns will be labeled across the top of the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, BALANCESHEET, CLASS, CUSTOMER, CUSTOMERTYPE, DAY, EMPLOYEE, FOURWEEK, HALFMONTH, INCOMESTATEMENT, ITEMDETAIL, ITEMTYPE, MONTH, PAYEE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEMDETAIL, QUARTER, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPMETHOD, TERMS, TOTALONLY, TWOWEEK, VENDOR, VENDORTYPE, WEEK, YEAR.
`IncludeSubColumns`	`String`	A boolean indicating if subcolumns should be included.
`IncludeColumns`	`String`	A comma separated list of columns to include. Supported values include ACCOUNT, AGING, AMOUNT, AMOUNTDIFFERENCE, AVERAGECOST, BILLEDDATE, BILLINGSTATUS, CALCULATEDAMOUNT, CLASS, CLEAREDSTATUS, COSTPRICE, CREDIT, CURRENCY, DATE, DEBIT, DELIVERYDATE, DUEDATE, ESTIMATEACTIVE, EXCHANGERATE, FOB, INCOMESUBJECTTOTAX, INVOICED, ITEM, ITEMDESC, LASTMODIFIEDBY, LATESTORPRIORSTATE, MEMO, MODIFIEDTIME, NAME, NAMEACCOUNTNUMBER, NAMEADDRESS, NAMECITY, NAMECONTACT, NAMEEMAIL, NAMEFAX, NAMEPHONE, NAMESTATE, NAMEZIP, OPENBALANCE, ORIGINALAMOUNT, PAIDAMOUNT, PAIDSTATUS, PAIDTHROUGHDATE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEM, PONUMBER, PRINTSTATUS, PROGRESSAMOUNT, PROGRESSPERCENT, QUANTITY, QUANTITYAVAILABLE, QUANTITYONHAND, QUANTITYONSALESORDER, RECEIVEDQUANTITY, REFNUMBER, RUNNINGBALANCE, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPDATE, SHIPMETHOD, SOURCENAME, SPLITACCOUNT, SSNORTAXID, TAXLINE, TAXTABLEVERSION, TERMS, TXNID, TXNNUMBER, TXNTYPE, UNITPRICE, USEREDIT, VALUEONHAND, WAGEBASE, WAGEBASETIPS
`IncludeAccounts`	`String`	Indicates whether this report should include all accounts or just those that are currently in use. The allowed values are ALL, INUSE.
`SummarizeRowsBy`	`String`	Determines along with includecolumnlist, in most cases, what data is calculated for this report and controls how the rows are organized and labeled. For example, if you set the value to Account, the report's row labels might be Checking, Savings, and so on. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, BALANCESHEET, CLASS, CUSTOMER, CUSTOMERTYPE, DAY, EMPLOYEE, FOURWEEK, HALFMONTH, INCOMESTATEMENT, ITEMDETAIL, ITEMTYPE, MONTH, PAYEE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEMDETAIL, QUARTER, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPMETHOD, TAXLINE, TERMS, TOTALONLY, TWOWEEK, VENDOR, VENDORTYPE, WEEK, YEAR.
`ReportCalendar`	`String`	Specifies the type of year that will be used for this report. The allowed values are NONE, CALENDARYEAR, FISCALYEAR, TAXYEAR.
`ReturnRows`	`String`	Specifies whether you want the report to include only rows with active information, only rows with nonzero values, or all rows regardless of their content or active status. The allowed values are NONE, ACTIVEONLY, NONZERO, All.
`ReturnColumns`	`String`	Specifies whether you want the report to include only columns with active information, only columns with nonzero values, or all columns regardless of their content or active status. The allowed values are NONE, ACTIVEONLY, NONZERO, All.
`PostingStatus`	`String`	Allows you to query for posting reports, nonposting reports, or reports that are either one. The allowed values are EITHER, NONPOSTING, POSTING.
`ReportAsOf`	`String`	The report will return open balance information up to the reportopenbalanceasof date. The allowed values are REPORTENDDATE, TODAY.
`TransactionTypes`	`String`	A comma separated list of the transaction types you want the report to cover. Values include ALL, ARREFUNDCREDITCARD, BILL, BILLPAYMENTCHECK, BILLPAYMENTCREDITCARD, BUILDASSEMBLY, CHARGE, CHECK, CREDITCARDCHARGE, CREDITCARDCREDIT, CREDITMEMO, DEPOSIT, ESTIMATE, INVENTORYADJUSTMENT, INVOICE, ITEMRECEIPT, JOURNALENTRY, LIABILITYADJUSTMENT, PAYCHECK, PAYROLLLIABILITYCHECK, PURCHASEORDER, RECEIVEPAYMENT, SALESORDER, SALESRECEIPT, SALESTAXPAYMENTCHECK, TRANSFER, VENDORCREDIT, YTDADJUSTMENT.
`ReportBasis`	`String`	If reportbasis is Cash, the report bases income and expenses on the dates when money changed hands. If Accrual, the report bases income on the dates when customers were invoiced and bases expenses on the dates when bills were entered. If None, the report uses the default report basis, which is either the QuickBooks preference setting or the QuickBooks default for a given type of report. In a report response, the SDK returns None for reports that do not support a report basis. (The 1099 report, for example, has its own basis for generation.) The allowed values are ACCRUAL, CASH, NONE.
`FiscalYear`	`String`	The fiscal year of the budget to be queried. For example, 2014.
`BudgetCriterion`	`String`	Specifies what this budget covers. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNTS, ACCOUNTSANDCLASSES, ACCOUNTSANDCUSTOMERS.
`SummarizeBudgetColumnsBy`	`String`	The data the report calculates and how the columns will be labeled across the top of the report. The allowed values are NONE, CLASS, CUSTOMER, DATE.
`SummarizeBudgetRowsBy`	`String`	How rows are to be labeled in the report. For example, if you set the value to Account, the row labels of the report might be Checking, Savings, and so on. The allowed values are NONE, CLASS, CUSTOMER, ACCOUNT.

Result Set Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Result`	`String`	Success or Failure.
`SchemaFile`	`String`	The generated schema file.
`Columns`	`String`	The number of columns found.

GetQBFileStatus

Gets the status of the quickbooks file.

Result Set Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Qbfilestatus`	`String`	A number indicating the status of the qbfile. 0 indicates it can be connected to. 1 indicates it cannot be connected to. -1 indicates it could not be determined.

ListMerge

Merge two accounts, customers, or vendors. Requires QBXML version 7.0 or higher.

Input

Name	Type	Description
`Type`	`String`	The type of the object to be merged. The allowed values are Account, Customer, Vendor.
`MergeFromId`	`String`	The ID of the object to be merged into another object. Either the name or ID must be specified for the From object.
`MergeFromName`	`String`	The name of the object to be merged into another object. Either the name or ID must be specified for the From object.
`MergeToId`	`String`	The ID of the object into which another object is merged. Either the name or ID must be specified for the To object.
`MergeToName`	`String`	The name of the object into which another object is merged. Either the name or ID must be specified for the To object.
`OverwriteDuplicateShipToAddr`	`String`	If set to true, shipping addresses with the same name will be overwritten with the addresses in the object you are merging to. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher.

Result Set Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Success`	`String`	Whether the two objects were successfully merged.
`ErrorMessage`	`String`	The error message if there is a failure.

SearchEntities

Search entities in QuickBooks.

Input

Name	Type	Description
`Entity`	`String`	The entity to search. The allowed values are Vendor, Employee, Bill, Invoice, CreditMemo, VendorCredit, SalesReceipt, PurchaseOrder, CCCredit, CCCharge, Customer, Estimate, SalesOrder, TimeTracking, ReceivePayment, JournalEntry, Item, Account, Deposit, InventoryAdjustment, PriceLevel, Class, CustomerType, JobType, PaymentMethod, PayrollItemWage, SalesTaxCode, ShipMethod, SalesRep, VendorType, BillToPay, ItemAssembliesCanBuild, ListDeleted, Preferences, ReceivePaymentToDeposit, SalesTaxPaymentCheck, TxnDeleted, ItemReceipt, BillPaymentCheck, BillPaymentCharge, StatementCharge, VehicleMileage, OtherTransaction, OtherList. The default value is Vendor.
`Name`	`String`	The name to search for. Use in conjunction with MatchType for more granular control over the entries returned.
`NameMatch`	`String`	The type of match to use for this entity. The allowed values are EXACT, CONTAINS, STARTSWITH, ENDSWITH, RANGEEND, RANGESTART. The default value is EXACT.
`StartModifiedDate`	`String`	Earliest modified date to search for. Limits the search to records modified on or after this date. When setting the value of a date property, the formats MM-DD-YY, MM-DD-YYYY, MM/DD/YY, and MM/DD/YYYY are acceptable. Dates in these formats will be automatically parsed and stored in YYYY-MM-DD format.
`EndModifiedDate`	`String`	Latest modified date to search for. Limits the search to records modified on or before this date. When setting the value of a date property, the formats MM-DD-YY, MM-DD-YYYY, MM/DD/YY, and MM/DD/YYYY are acceptable. Dates in these formats will be automatically parsed and stored in YYYY-MM-DD format.
`MinBalance`	`String`	The minimum balance that returned records should have. Limits the search to records with balances greater than or equal to MinBalance.
`MaxBalance`	`String`	The maximum balance that returned records should have. Limits the search to records with balances less than or equal to MaxBalance.
`MaxResults`	`String`	Maximum number of results to be returned from this search.
`OtherEntity`	`String`	To search for other entities not included in the entity input; for example ItemService. When searching for other entities the entity input should be set to OtherList.

Result Set Columns

Name	Type	Description
`XMLEntry`	`String`	A entry in the result collection encoded in XML from QuickBooks.
`\*`	`String`	Output varies based upon the type of entity queried.

SendQBXML

Sends the provided QBXML directly to QuickBooks.

Input

Name	Type	Description
`RawXML`	`String`	The QBXML to be sent to QuickBooks.
`OutputRawResponse`	`String`	Determines whether or not to output the raw response or the parsed response. The default behavior is to return the parsed response. The default value is false.

Result Set Columns

Name	Type	Description
`\*`	`String`	Output varies depending on the supplied QBXML request.

SendQBXMLFile

Sends the provided QBXML file directly to QuickBooks. This is designed for use with mass inserts.

Input

Name	Type	Description
`File`	`String`	An URL to the file to submit to QuickBooks.
`ContinueOnError`	`String`	Determines if QuickBooks will continue executing the request after an error has been reached. It can be used to stop the operation on an exception when mass inserting for instance. The default value is true.
`IncludeInfoMessages`	`String`	Determines if info messages will be printed in the output. These typically do not contain any useful information other than indicating the specific request was successful. The default value is false.

Result Set Columns

Name	Type	Description
`RequestId`	`String`	The Requestid the message is associated with.
`Severity`	`String`	The severity of the message.
`StatusCode`	`String`	The status code of the output message.
`StatusMessage`	`String`	The status message giving details abouts what happened.

VoidTransaction

Voids a given transaction in QuickBooks.

Input

Name	Type	Description
`TransactionType`	`String`	The type of transaction to void. The allowed values are ARRefundCreditCard, Bill, BillPaymentCheck, BillPaymentCreditCard, Charge, Check, CreditCardCharge, CreditCardCredit, CreditMemo, Deposit, InventoryAdjustment, Invoice, ItemReceipt, JournalEntry, SalesReceipt, VendorCredit.
`TxnID`	`String`	The ID of the transaction to be voided. This should be the ID of an invoice, bill, check, or other such transaction.

Result Set Columns

Name	Type	Description
`\*`	`String`	Output varies depending on the supplied QBXML request.

System Tables

You can query the system tables described in this section to access schema information, information on data source functionality, and batch operation statistics.

Schema Tables

The following tables return database metadata for QuickBooks:

sys_catalogs: Lists the available databases.
sys_schemas: Lists the available schemas.
sys_tables: Lists the available tables and views.
sys_tablecolumns: Describes the columns of the available tables and views.
sys_procedures: Describes the available stored procedures.
sys_procedureparameters: Describes stored procedure parameters.
sys_keycolumns: Describes the primary and foreign keys.
sys_indexes: Describes the available indexes.

Data Source Tables

The following tables return information about how to connect to and query the data source:

sys_connection_props: Returns information on the available connection properties.
sys_sqlinfo: Describes the SELECT queries that the connector can offload to the data source.

Query Information Tables

The following table returns query statistics for data modification queries, including batch operations:

sys_identity: Returns information about batch operations or single updates.

sys_catalogs

Lists the available databases.

The following query retrieves all databases determined by the connection string:

SELECT * FROM sys_catalogs

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`CatalogName`	`String`	The database name.

sys_schemas

Lists the available schemas.

The following query retrieves all available schemas:

SELECT * FROM sys_schemas

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`CatalogName`	`String`	The database name.
`SchemaName`	`String`	The schema name.

sys_tables

Lists the available tables.

The following query retrieves the available tables and views:

SELECT * FROM sys_tables

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`CatalogName`	`String`	The database containing the table or view.
`SchemaName`	`String`	The schema containing the table or view.
`TableName`	`String`	The name of the table or view.
`TableType`	`String`	The table type (table or view).
`Description`	`String`	A description of the table or view.
`IsUpdateable`	`Boolean`	Whether the table can be updated.

sys_tablecolumns

Describes the columns of the available tables and views.

The following query returns the columns and data types for the Customers table:

SELECT ColumnName, DataTypeName FROM sys_tablecolumns WHERE TableName='Customers'

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`CatalogName`	`String`	The name of the database containing the table or view.
`SchemaName`	`String`	The schema containing the table or view.
`TableName`	`String`	The name of the table or view containing the column.
`ColumnName`	`String`	The column name.
`DataTypeName`	`String`	The data type name.
`DataType`	`Int32`	An integer indicating the data type. This value is determined at run time based on the environment.
`Length`	`Int32`	The storage size of the column.
`DisplaySize`	`Int32`	The designated column's normal maximum width in characters.
`NumericPrecision`	`Int32`	The maximum number of digits in numeric data. The column length in characters for character and date-time data.
`NumericScale`	`Int32`	The column scale or number of digits to the right of the decimal point.
`IsNullable`	`Boolean`	Whether the column can contain null.
`Description`	`String`	A brief description of the column.
`Ordinal`	`Int32`	The sequence number of the column.
`IsAutoIncrement`	`String`	Whether the column value is assigned in fixed increments.
`IsGeneratedColumn`	`String`	Whether the column is generated.
`IsHidden`	`Boolean`	Whether the column is hidden.
`IsArray`	`Boolean`	Whether the column is an array.
`IsReadOnly`	`Boolean`	Whether the column is read-only.
`IsKey`	`Boolean`	Indicates whether a field returned from sys_tablecolumns is the primary key of the table.

sys_procedures

Lists the available stored procedures.

The following query retrieves the available stored procedures:

SELECT * FROM sys_procedures

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`CatalogName`	`String`	The database containing the stored procedure.
`SchemaName`	`String`	The schema containing the stored procedure.
`ProcedureName`	`String`	The name of the stored procedure.
`Description`	`String`	A description of the stored procedure.
`ProcedureType`	`String`	The type of the procedure, such as PROCEDURE or FUNCTION.

sys_procedureparameters

Describes stored procedure parameters.

The following query returns information about all of the input parameters for the ClearTransaction stored procedure:

SELECT * FROM sys_procedureparameters WHERE ProcedureName='ClearTransaction' AND Direction=1 OR Direction=2

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`CatalogName`	`String`	The name of the database containing the stored procedure.
`SchemaName`	`String`	The name of the schema containing the stored procedure.
`ProcedureName`	`String`	The name of the stored procedure containing the parameter.
`ColumnName`	`String`	The name of the stored procedure parameter.
`Direction`	`Int32`	An integer corresponding to the type of the parameter: input (1), input/output (2), or output(4). input/output type parameters can be both input and output parameters.
`DataTypeName`	`String`	The name of the data type.
`DataType`	`Int32`	An integer indicating the data type. This value is determined at run time based on the environment.
`Length`	`Int32`	The number of characters allowed for character data. The number of digits allowed for numeric data.
`NumericPrecision`	`Int32`	The maximum precision for numeric data. The column length in characters for character and date-time data.
`NumericScale`	`Int32`	The number of digits to the right of the decimal point in numeric data.
`IsNullable`	`Boolean`	Whether the parameter can contain null.
`IsRequired`	`Boolean`	Whether the parameter is required for execution of the procedure.
`IsArray`	`Boolean`	Whether the parameter is an array.
`Description`	`String`	The description of the parameter.
`Ordinal`	`Int32`	The index of the parameter.

sys_keycolumns

Describes the primary and foreign keys.

The following query retrieves the primary key for the Customers table:

SELECT * FROM sys_keycolumns WHERE IsKey='True' AND TableName='Customers'

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`CatalogName`	`String`	The name of the database containing the key.
`SchemaName`	`String`	The name of the schema containing the key.
`TableName`	`String`	The name of the table containing the key.
`ColumnName`	`String`	The name of the key column.
`IsKey`	`Boolean`	Whether the column is a primary key in the table referenced in the TableName field.
`IsForeignKey`	`Boolean`	Whether the column is a foreign key referenced in the TableName field.
`PrimaryKeyName`	`String`	The name of the primary key.
`ForeignKeyName`	`String`	The name of the foreign key.
`ReferencedCatalogName`	`String`	The database containing the primary key.
`ReferencedSchemaName`	`String`	The schema containing the primary key.
`ReferencedTableName`	`String`	The table containing the primary key.
`ReferencedColumnName`	`String`	The column name of the primary key.

sys_foreignkeys

Describes the foreign keys.

The following query retrieves all foreign keys which refer to other tables:

SELECT * FROM sys_foreignkeys WHERE ForeignKeyType = 'FOREIGNKEY_TYPE_IMPORT'

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`CatalogName`	`String`	The name of the database containing the key.
`SchemaName`	`String`	The name of the schema containing the key.
`TableName`	`String`	The name of the table containing the key.
`ColumnName`	`String`	The name of the key column.
`PrimaryKeyName`	`String`	The name of the primary key.
`ForeignKeyName`	`String`	The name of the foreign key.
`ReferencedCatalogName`	`String`	The database containing the primary key.
`ReferencedSchemaName`	`String`	The schema containing the primary key.
`ReferencedTableName`	`String`	The table containing the primary key.
`ReferencedColumnName`	`String`	The column name of the primary key.
`ForeignKeyType`	`String`	Designates whether the foreign key is an import (points to other tables) or export (referenced from other tables) key.

sys_primarykeys

Describes the primary keys.

The following query retrieves the primary keys from all tables and views:

SELECT * FROM sys_primarykeys

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`CatalogName`	`String`	The name of the database containing the key.
`SchemaName`	`String`	The name of the schema containing the key.
`TableName`	`String`	The name of the table containing the key.
`ColumnName`	`String`	The name of the key column.
`KeySeq`	`String`	The sequence number of the primary key.
`KeyName`	`String`	The name of the primary key.

sys_indexes

Describes the available indexes. By filtering on indexes, you can write more selective queries with faster query response times.

The following query retrieves all indexes that are not primary keys:

SELECT * FROM sys_indexes WHERE IsPrimary='false'

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`CatalogName`	`String`	The name of the database containing the index.
`SchemaName`	`String`	The name of the schema containing the index.
`TableName`	`String`	The name of the table containing the index.
`IndexName`	`String`	The index name.
`ColumnName`	`String`	The name of the column associated with the index.
`IsUnique`	`Boolean`	True if the index is unique. False otherwise.
`IsPrimary`	`Boolean`	True if the index is a primary key. False otherwise.
`Type`	`Int16`	An integer value corresponding to the index type: statistic (0), clustered (1), hashed (2), or other (3).
`SortOrder`	`String`	The sort order: A for ascending or D for descending.
`OrdinalPosition`	`Int16`	The sequence number of the column in the index.

sys_connection_props

Returns information on the available connection properties and those set in the connection string.

When querying this table, the config connection string should be used:

jdbc:cdata:quickbooks:config:

This connection string enables you to query this table without a valid connection.

The following query retrieves all connection properties that have been set in the connection string or set through a default value:

SELECT * FROM sys_connection_props WHERE Value <> ''

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Name`	`String`	The name of the connection property.
`ShortDescription`	`String`	A brief description.
`Type`	`String`	The data type of the connection property.
`Default`	`String`	The default value if one is not explicitly set.
`Values`	`String`	A comma-separated list of possible values. A validation error is thrown if another value is specified.
`Value`	`String`	The value you set or a preconfigured default.
`Required`	`Boolean`	Whether the property is required to connect.
`Category`	`String`	The category of the connection property.
`IsSessionProperty`	`String`	Whether the property is a session property, used to save information about the current connection.
`Sensitivity`	`String`	The sensitivity level of the property. This informs whether the property is obfuscated in logging and authentication forms.
`PropertyName`	`String`	A camel-cased truncated form of the connection property name.
`Ordinal`	`Int32`	The index of the parameter.
`CatOrdinal`	`Int32`	The index of the parameter category.
`Hierarchy`	`String`	Shows dependent properties associated that need to be set alongside this one.
`Visible`	`Boolean`	Informs whether the property is visible in the connection UI.
`ETC`	`String`	Various miscellaneous information about the property.

sys_sqlinfo

Describes the SELECT query processing that the connector can offload to the data source.

Discovering the Data Source's SELECT Capabilities

Below is an example data set of SQL capabilities. Some aspects of SELECT functionality are returned in a comma-separated list if supported; otherwise, the column contains NO.

Name	Description	Possible Values
`AGGREGATE_FUNCTIONS`	Supported aggregation functions.	`AVG`, `COUNT`, `MAX`, `MIN`, `SUM`, `DISTINCT`
`COUNT`	Whether COUNT function is supported.	`YES`, `NO`
`IDENTIFIER_QUOTE_OPEN_CHAR`	The opening character used to escape an identifier.	`[`
`IDENTIFIER_QUOTE_CLOSE_CHAR`	The closing character used to escape an identifier.	`]`
`SUPPORTED_OPERATORS`	A list of supported SQL operators.	`=`, `>`, `<`, `>=`, `<=`, `<>`, `!=`, `LIKE`, `NOT LIKE`, `IN`, `NOT IN`, `IS NULL`, `IS NOT NULL`, `AND`, `OR`
`GROUP_BY`	Whether GROUP BY is supported, and, if so, the degree of support.	`NO`, `NO_RELATION`, `EQUALS_SELECT`, `SQL_GB_COLLATE`
`STRING_FUNCTIONS`	Supported string functions.	`LENGTH`, `CHAR`, `LOCATE`, `REPLACE`, `SUBSTRING`, `RTRIM`, `LTRIM`, `RIGHT`, `LEFT`, `UCASE`, `SPACE`, `SOUNDEX`, `LCASE`, `CONCAT`, `ASCII`, `REPEAT`, `OCTET`, `BIT`, `POSITION`, `INSERT`, `TRIM`, `UPPER`, `REGEXP`, `LOWER`, `DIFFERENCE`, `CHARACTER`, `SUBSTR`, `STR`, `REVERSE`, `PLAN`, `UUIDTOSTR`, `TRANSLATE`, `TRAILING`, `TO`, `STUFF`, `STRTOUUID`, `STRING`, `SPLIT`, `SORTKEY`, `SIMILAR`, `REPLICATE`, `PATINDEX`, `LPAD`, `LEN`, `LEADING`, `KEY`, `INSTR`, `INSERTSTR`, `HTML`, `GRAPHICAL`, `CONVERT`, `COLLATION`, `CHARINDEX`, `BYTE`
`NUMERIC_FUNCTIONS`	Supported numeric functions.	`ABS`, `ACOS`, `ASIN`, `ATAN`, `ATAN2`, `CEILING`, `COS`, `COT`, `EXP`, `FLOOR`, `LOG`, `MOD`, `SIGN`, `SIN`, `SQRT`, `TAN`, `PI`, `RAND`, `DEGREES`, `LOG10`, `POWER`, `RADIANS`, `ROUND`, `TRUNCATE`
`TIMEDATE_FUNCTIONS`	Supported date/time functions.	`NOW`, `CURDATE`, `DAYOFMONTH`, `DAYOFWEEK`, `DAYOFYEAR`, `MONTH`, `QUARTER`, `WEEK`, `YEAR`, `CURTIME`, `HOUR`, `MINUTE`, `SECOND`, `TIMESTAMPADD`, `TIMESTAMPDIFF`, `DAYNAME`, `MONTHNAME`, `CURRENT_DATE`, `CURRENT_TIME`, `CURRENT_TIMESTAMP`, `EXTRACT`
`REPLICATION_SKIP_TABLES`	Indicates tables skipped during replication.
`REPLICATION_TIMECHECK_COLUMNS`	A string array containing a list of columns which will be used to check for (in the given order) to use as a modified column during replication.
`IDENTIFIER_PATTERN`	String value indicating what string is valid for an identifier.
`SUPPORT_TRANSACTION`	Indicates if the provider supports transactions such as commit and rollback.	`YES`, `NO`
`DIALECT`	Indicates the SQL dialect to use.
`KEY_PROPERTIES`	Indicates the properties which identify the uniform database.
`SUPPORTS_MULTIPLE_SCHEMAS`	Indicates if multiple schemas may exist for the provider.	`YES`, `NO`
`SUPPORTS_MULTIPLE_CATALOGS`	Indicates if multiple catalogs may exist for the provider.	`YES`, `NO`
`DATASYNCVERSION`	The Data Sync version needed to access this driver.	`Standard`, `Starter`, `Professional`, `Enterprise`
`DATASYNCCATEGORY`	The Data Sync category of this driver.	`Source`, `Destination`, `Cloud Destination`
`SUPPORTSENHANCEDSQL`	Whether enhanced SQL functionality beyond what is offered by the API is supported.	`TRUE`, `FALSE`
`SUPPORTS_BATCH_OPERATIONS`	Whether batch operations are supported.	`YES`, `NO`
`SQL_CAP`	All supported SQL capabilities for this driver.	`SELECT`, `INSERT`, `DELETE`, `UPDATE`, `TRANSACTIONS`, `ORDERBY`, `OAUTH`, `ASSIGNEDID`, `LIMIT`, `LIKE`, `BULKINSERT`, `COUNT`, `BULKDELETE`, `BULKUPDATE`, `GROUPBY`, `HAVING`, `AGGS`, `OFFSET`, `REPLICATE`, `COUNTDISTINCT`, `JOINS`, `DROP`, `CREATE`, `DISTINCT`, `INNERJOINS`, `SUBQUERIES`, `ALTER`, `MULTIPLESCHEMAS`, `GROUPBYNORELATION`, `OUTERJOINS`, `UNIONALL`, `UNION`, `UPSERT`, `GETDELETED`, `CROSSJOINS`, `GROUPBYCOLLATE`, `MULTIPLECATS`, `FULLOUTERJOIN`, `MERGE`, `JSONEXTRACT`, `BULKUPSERT`, `SUM`, `SUBQUERIESFULL`, `MIN`, `MAX`, `JOINSFULL`, `XMLEXTRACT`, `AVG`, `MULTISTATEMENTS`, `FOREIGNKEYS`, `CASE`, `LEFTJOINS`, `COMMAJOINS`, `WITH`, `LITERALS`, `RENAME`, `NESTEDTABLES`, `EXECUTE`, `BATCH`, `BASIC`, `INDEX`
`PREFERRED_CACHE_OPTIONS`	A string value specifies the preferred cacheOptions.
`ENABLE_EF_ADVANCED_QUERY`	Indicates if the driver directly supports advanced queries coming from Entity Framework. If not, queries will be handled client side.	`YES`, `NO`
`PSEUDO_COLUMNS`	A string array indicating the available pseudo columns.
`MERGE_ALWAYS`	If the value is true, The Merge Mode is forcibly executed in Data Sync.	`TRUE`, `FALSE`
`REPLICATION_MIN_DATE_QUERY`	A select query to return the replicate start datetime.
`REPLICATION_MIN_FUNCTION`	Allows a provider to specify the formula name to use for executing a server side min.
`REPLICATION_START_DATE`	Allows a provider to specify a replicate startdate.
`REPLICATION_MAX_DATE_QUERY`	A select query to return the replicate end datetime.
`REPLICATION_MAX_FUNCTION`	Allows a provider to specify the formula name to use for executing a server side max.
`IGNORE_INTERVALS_ON_INITIAL_REPLICATE`	A list of tables which will skip dividing the replicate into chunks on the initial replicate.
`CHECKCACHE_USE_PARENTID`	Indicates whether the CheckCache statement should be done against the parent key column.	`TRUE`, `FALSE`
`CREATE_SCHEMA_PROCEDURES`	Indicates stored procedures that can be used for generating schema files.

The following query retrieves the operators that can be used in the WHERE clause:

SELECT * FROM sys_sqlinfo WHERE Name = 'SUPPORTED_OPERATORS'

Note that individual tables may have different limitations or requirements on the WHERE clause; refer to the Data Model section for more information.

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`NAME`	`String`	A component of SQL syntax, or a capability that can be processed on the server.
`VALUE`	`String`	Detail on the supported SQL or SQL syntax.

sys_identity

Returns information about attempted modifications.

The following query retrieves the Ids of the modified rows in a batch operation:

SELECT * FROM sys_identity

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Id`	`String`	The database-generated ID returned from a data modification operation.
`Batch`	`String`	An identifier for the batch. 1 for a single operation.
`Operation`	`String`	The result of the operation in the batch: INSERTED, UPDATED, or DELETED.
`Message`	`String`	SUCCESS or an error message if the update in the batch failed.

sys_information

Describes the available system information.

The following query retrieves all columns:

SELECT * FROM sys_information

Columns

Name	Type	Description
`Product`	`String`	The name of the product.
`Version`	`String`	The version number of the product.
`Datasource`	`String`	The name of the datasource the product connects to.
`NodeId`	`String`	The unique identifier of the machine where the product is installed.
`HelpURL`	`String`	The URL to the product's help documentation.
`License`	`String`	The license information for the product. (If this information is not available, the field may be left blank or marked as 'N/A'.)
`Location`	`String`	The file path location where the product's library is stored.
`Environment`	`String`	The version of the environment or rumtine the product is currently running under.
`DataSyncVersion`	`String`	The tier of Sync required to use this connector.
`DataSyncCategory`	`String`	The category of Sync functionality (e.g., Source, Destination).

Data Type Mapping

Data Type Mappings

The connector maps types from the data source to the corresponding data type available in the schema. The table below documents these mappings.

QuickBooks	Schema
`AMTTYPE`	float
`BOOLTYPE`	bool
`DATETIMETYPE`	datetime
`DATETYPE`	date
`FLOATTYPE`	float
`IDTYPE`	string
`INTTYPE`	int
`PERCENTTYPE`	float
`QUANTYPE`	float
`STRTYPE`	string
`TIMEINTERVALTYPE`	datetime

Custom Fields

Some of the tables in QuickBooks allow you to define your own fields. These fields are represented as the Custom Fields column. You can use this column to modify all your custom fields.

Custom fields are a special case with the connector. QuickBooks will only return custom fields if they have a value, and will return nothing if no custom fields are set. Custom fields are represented in XML like so:

<CustomField><Name>Custom Field Name</Name><Value>Custom Field Value</Value></CustomField>

To clear a custom field, submit the custom field name without a value. For instance:

<CustomField><Name>Custom Field Name</Name><Value></Value></CustomField>

Advanced Configurations Properties

The advanced configurations properties are the various options that can be used to establish a connection. This section provides a complete list of the options you can configure. Click the links for further details.

Authentication

Property	Description
`CompanyFile`	The name of the CompanyFile to open.
`ApplicationName`	The name of the developer's application.

Remote

Property	Description
`User`	A username for the QuickBooks Gateway connection.
`Password`	A password for the QuickBooks Gateway connection.
`URL`	The URL for the QuickBooks Gateway. For example, `http://localhost:8166`.

SSL

Property	Description
`SSLServerCert`	The certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.

Schema

Property	Description
`Location`	A path to the directory that contains the schema files defining tables, views, and stored procedures.
`BrowsableSchemas`	This property restricts the schemas reported to a subset of the available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA, SchemaB, SchemaC.
`Tables`	This property restricts the tables reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Tables=TableA, TableB, TableC.
`Views`	Restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA, ViewB, ViewC.

Miscellaneous

Property	Description
`CustomFieldMode`	How custom fields should display.
`DelayAfterClose`	A delay in milliseconds to be applied each time a connection to QuickBooks is closed.
`IncludeLineItems`	Whether or not to request Line Item responses from QuickBooks when retrieving a base transaction, such as Invoices.
`IncludeLinkedTxns`	Whether or not to request Linked Transactions from QuickBooks when retrieving a base transaction, such as Invoices.
`MaxRows`	Limits the number of rows returned when no aggregation or GROUP BY is used in the query. This takes precedence over LIMIT clauses.
`Other`	These hidden properties are used only in specific use cases.
`Pagesize`	The maximum number of results to return per page from QuickBooks.
`PseudoColumns`	This property indicates whether or not to include pseudo columns as columns to the table.
`QBXMLVersion`	The version of QBXML used in the outgoing message. This is only applicable to Desktop Edition.
`Timeout`	The value in seconds until the timeout error is thrown, canceling the operation.
`UserDefinedViews`	A filepath pointing to the JSON configuration file containing your custom views.
`UseRDS`	Whether the provider will connect using Remote Data Sharing (RDS). Cannot be used together with the QuickBooks Gateway.

Authentication

This section provides a complete list of authentication properties you can configure.

Property	Description
`CompanyFile`	The name of the CompanyFile to open.
`ApplicationName`	The name of the developer's application.

CompanyFile

The name of the CompanyFile to open.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

If QuickBooks is not currently open with a CompanyFile, QuickBooks will be automatically opened in the background with the file specified. Do not set CompanyFile when QuickBooks is open. If QuickBooks is open through the application UI, only the currently opened CompanyFile may be used. If you are connecting to a remote company file, the CompanyFile parameter will be ignored. Specify the company file when you create a QuickBooks Gateway user.

ApplicationName

The name of the developer's application.

Data Type

string

Default Value

QuickBooks Connector

Remarks

This name will appear when the application first connects to QuickBooks. QuickBooks will display this name and prompt the user to grant or refuse access to the application.

Remote

This section provides a complete list of the Remote properties you can configure.

Property	Description
`User`	A username for the QuickBooks Gateway connection.
`Password`	A password for the QuickBooks Gateway connection.
`URL`	The URL for the QuickBooks Gateway. For example, `http://localhost:8166`.

SSL

This section provides a complete list of SSL properties you can configure.

Property	Description
`SSLServerCert`	The certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.

SSLServerCert

The certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

If using a TLS/SSL connection, this property can be used to specify the TLS/SSL certificate to be accepted from the QuickBooks Gateway. Any other certificate that is not trusted by the machine is rejected.

This property can take the following forms:

Description	Example
A full PEM Certificate (example shortened for brevity)	`-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIChTCCAe4CAQAwDQYJKoZIhv......Qw== -----END CERTIFICATE-----`
A path to a local file containing the certificate	`C:\\cert.cer`

Schema

This section provides a complete list of schema properties you can configure.

Property	Description
`Location`	A path to the directory that contains the schema files defining tables, views, and stored procedures.
`BrowsableSchemas`	This property restricts the schemas reported to a subset of the available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA, SchemaB, SchemaC.
`Tables`	This property restricts the tables reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Tables=TableA, TableB, TableC.
`Views`	Restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA, ViewB, ViewC.

Location

A path to the directory that contains the schema files defining tables, views, and stored procedures.

Data Type

string

Default Value

%APPDATA%\QuickBooks Data Provider\Schema

Remarks

The path to a directory which contains the schema files for the connector (.rsd files for tables and views, .rsb files for stored procedures). The folder location can be a relative path from the location of the executable. The Location property is only needed if you want to customize definitions (for example, change a column name, ignore a column, and so on) or extend the data model with new tables, views, or stored procedures.

If left unspecified, the default location is "%APPDATA%\QuickBooks Data Provider\Schema" with %APPDATA% being set to the user's configuration directory:

Platform	%APPDATA%
`Windows`	The value of the APPDATA environment variable
`Mac`	~/Library/Application Support
`Linux`	~/.config

BrowsableSchemas

This property restricts the schemas reported to a subset of the available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Listing the schemas from databases can be expensive. Providing a list of schemas in the connection string improves the performance.

Tables

This property restricts the tables reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Listing the tables from some databases can be expensive. Providing a list of tables in the connection string improves the performance of the connector.

This property can also be used as an alternative to automatically listing views if you already know which ones you want to work with and there would otherwise be too many to work with.

Specify the tables you want in a comma-separated list. Each table should be a valid SQL identifier with any special characters escaped using square brackets, double-quotes or backticks. For example, Tables=TableA,[TableB/WithSlash],WithCatalog.WithSchema.`TableC With Space`.

Note that when connecting to a data source with multiple schemas or catalogs, you will need to provide the fully qualified name of the table in this property, as in the last example here, to avoid ambiguity between tables that exist in multiple catalogs or schemas.

Views

Restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Listing the views from some databases can be expensive. Providing a list of views in the connection string improves the performance of the connector.

This property can also be used as an alternative to automatically listing views if you already know which ones you want to work with and there would otherwise be too many to work with.

Specify the views you want in a comma-separated list. Each view should be a valid SQL identifier with any special characters escaped using square brackets, double-quotes or backticks. For example, Views=ViewA,[ViewB/WithSlash],WithCatalog.WithSchema.`ViewC With Space`.

Note that when connecting to a data source with multiple schemas or catalogs, you will need to provide the fully qualified name of the table in this property, as in the last example here, to avoid ambiguity between tables that exist in multiple catalogs or schemas.

Miscellaneous

This section provides a complete list of miscellaneous properties you can configure.

Property	Description
`CustomFieldMode`	How custom fields should display.
`DelayAfterClose`	A delay in milliseconds to be applied each time a connection to QuickBooks is closed.
`IncludeLineItems`	Whether or not to request Line Item responses from QuickBooks when retrieving a base transaction, such as Invoices.
`IncludeLinkedTxns`	Whether or not to request Linked Transactions from QuickBooks when retrieving a base transaction, such as Invoices.
`MaxRows`	Limits the number of rows returned when no aggregation or GROUP BY is used in the query. This takes precedence over LIMIT clauses.
`Other`	These hidden properties are used only in specific use cases.
`Pagesize`	The maximum number of results to return per page from QuickBooks.
`PseudoColumns`	This property indicates whether or not to include pseudo columns as columns to the table.
`QBXMLVersion`	The version of QBXML used in the outgoing message. This is only applicable to Desktop Edition.
`Timeout`	The value in seconds until the timeout error is thrown, canceling the operation.
`UserDefinedViews`	A filepath pointing to the JSON configuration file containing your custom views.
`UseRDS`	Whether the provider will connect using Remote Data Sharing (RDS). Cannot be used together with the QuickBooks Gateway.

Specify multiple properties in a semicolon-separated list.

Integration and Formatting

Property	Description
`DefaultColumnSize`	Sets the default length of string fields when the data source does not provide column length in the metadata. The default value is 2000.
`ConvertDateTimeToGMT`	Determines whether to convert date-time values to GMT, instead of the local time of the machine.
`RecordToFile=filename`	Records the underlying socket data transfer to the specified file.

Remarks

Except as noted in the documentation, a value of "1.1" will suffice for all requests and for all versions of QuickBooks that support integrated applications.

With each release of QuickBooks since 2002, a corresponding version of the QuickBooks SDK has also been released: 1.0 for QuickBooks 2002, 2.0 for QuickBooks 2003, 3.0 for QuickBooks 2004, etc., up to 8.0 for QuickBooks 2009. In addition, each release of QuickBooks continues to support all earlier versions of the SDK, meaning that requests using version 1.1 of the QuickBooks SDK are supported by all versions of QuickBooks. However, new requests and newer fields in existing requests are supported in only later versions of the QuickBooks SDK. As such, it is recommended that you set the QBXMLVersion property to correspond to the version of QuickBooks you are interacting with. These values are:

QuickBooks 2002	1.0, 1.1
QuickBooks 2003	2.0
QuickBooks 2004	3.0
QuickBooks 2005	4.0, 4.1
QuickBooks 2006	5.0
QuickBooks 2007	6.0
QuickBooks 2008	7.0
QuickBooks 2009	8.0
QuickBooks 2010	9.0
QuickBooks 2011	10.0
QuickBooks 2012	11.0
QuickBooks 2013	12.0
QuickBooks 2014	13.0
QuickBooks 2018	14.0

In addition, versions of QuickBooks outside of the U.S. released before QuickBooks 2008 adhere to a different version of the QuickBooks SDK. These versions were updated with less frequency than the U.S. SDK and may omit features introduced in later releases:

QuickBooks Canadian 2003	CA2.0
QuickBooks Canadian 2004 to 2007	CA3.0
QuickBooks UK 2003	UK2.0
QuickBooks UK 2004 to 2007	UK3.0
QuickBooks Australian 2003	OZ2.0
QuickBooks Australian 2004 to 2007	AU3.0

Timeout

The value in seconds until the timeout error is thrown, canceling the operation.

Data Type

int

Default Value

300

Remarks

If Timeout = 0, operations do not time out. The operations run until they complete successfully or until they encounter an error condition.

If Timeout expires and the operation is not yet complete, the connector throws an exception.

UserDefinedViews

A filepath pointing to the JSON configuration file containing your custom views.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

User Defined Views are defined in a JSON-formatted configuration file called UserDefinedViews.json. The connector automatically detects the views specified in this file.

You can also have multiple view definitions and control them using the UserDefinedViews connection property. When you use this property, only the specified views are seen by the connector.

This User Defined View configuration file is formatted as follows:

Each root element defines the name of a view.
Each root element contains a child element, called query, which contains the custom SQL query for the view.

For example:

{
    "MyView": {
        "query": "SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE MyColumn = 'value'"
    },
    "MyView2": {
        "query": "SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE Id IN (1,2,3)"
    }
}

Use the UserDefinedViews connection property to specify the location of your JSON configuration file. For example:

"UserDefinedViews", C:\Users\yourusername\Desktop\tmp\UserDefinedViews.json

Note that the specified path is not embedded in quotation marks.

UseRDS

Whether the provider will connect using Remote Data Sharing (RDS). Cannot be used together with the QuickBooks Gateway.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

Whether the connector will connect using Remote Data Sharing (RDS). If set to True, the connector will attempt to connect using the RDS client installed on the machine. The RDS client and server must be configured separately. Cannot be used together with the QuickBooks Gateway.

Full:	Allows read and write access for the user.
Read-only:	Restricts the user to read-only operations, so that QuickBooks data cannot be modified.

QuickBooks Connection Details

Introduction

Get Started

Establish a Connection

Connect to QuickBooks

Connect to a Local Company File

Use the CData QuickBooks Desktop Gateway

How do I Connect to QuickBooks over SSL/TLS?

Troubleshooting/Advanced

Troubleshooting

Automatic Login Access Denied or Access Denied

Could Not Start QuickBooks

Fine Tuning Data Access

Important Notes

Configuration Files and Their Paths

QuickBooks Gateway

Users

Import Users

Status

Advanced

Log Options

IP Options

Enable Persistent Connections

Enable TLS/SSL

Command-Line Interface

Registry Keys

Application-Level Settings

User-Level Settings

Advanced Features

User Defined Views

Define Views Using a Configuration File

Define Views Using DDL Statements

Create a View

Alter a View

Drop a View

Schema for User Defined Views

Work with User Defined Views

Insert Parent and Child Records

Use Case

Methods for Inserting Parent/Child Records

Temporary (#TEMP) tables

Direct XML Insertion

Example for QuickBooks

SSL Configuration

Customize the SSL Configuration

Data Model

Tables

QuickBooks Connector Tables

Accounts

Table Specific Information

Select

Insert

Columns

Pseudo-Columns

BillExpenseItems

Table Specific Information

Select

Insert

Columns

Pseudo-Columns

BillLineItems

Table Specific Information

Select

Insert

Columns

Pseudo-Columns

BillPaymentChecks

Table Specific Information

Select

Insert

Columns

Pseudo-Columns

BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo

Table Specific Information

Select

Insert

Columns

Pseudo-Columns

BillPaymentCreditCards

Table Specific Information